A320 - Minimum Equipment List (Mel) - R06a
A320 - Minimum Equipment List (Mel) - R06a
A320 - Minimum Equipment List (Mel) - R06a
1. INTRODUÇÃO
Esta Revisão temporária visa atualizar a MEL A320/A321 de acordo com a AD-2022-0032, alterando
itens que possam estar relacionado à BSCU de PN: E21327307.
2. VALIDADE
3. HISTÓRICO
Um novo padrão BSCU P/N E21327307 foi desenvolvido e introduzido através do Airbus mod 165148
para responder à obsolescência de alguns componentes instalados no antigo padrão BSCU P/N
E21327107 e P/N E21327007. Desde que este novo padrão BSCU foi introduzido nas aeronaves, várias
falhas de canal BSCU foram detectadas, induzindo, em caso de falhas de canal duplo, a perda da
função Anti-Skid juntamente com a reversão para o modo de frenagem alternativo e a perda do Nose
Wheel Steering, podendo levar à perda do desempenho da frenagem, com aumento significativo da
distância de parada da aeronave.
4. REFERÊNCIA
EASA AD-2022-0032
5. DIRETRIZ
1
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 2 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
2
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 3 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
3
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 4 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
4
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 5 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
5
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 6 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
6
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 7 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
7
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 8 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
8
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 9 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
9
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 10 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
10
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 11 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
11
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 12 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
12
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 13 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
13
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 14 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
14
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 15 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
15
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 16 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
16
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 17 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
17
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 18 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
18
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 19 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
19
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 20 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
20
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 21 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
21
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 22 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
22
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 23 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
23
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 24 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
24
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 25 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
25
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 26 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
26
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 27 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
27
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 28 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
28
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 29 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
29
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 30 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
30
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 31 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
31
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 32 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
32
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 33 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
33
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 34 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
34
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 35 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
35
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 36 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
36
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 37 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
37
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 38 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
38
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 39 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
39
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 40 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
40
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 41 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
41
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 42 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
42
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 43 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
43
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 44 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
44
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 45 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
45
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 46 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
46
REVISÃO TEMPORÁRIA RT-TEC-13/22
BSCU PN: E21327307 Página 47 de 47
Data de Emissão:
Emissor: CONFIABILIDADE
08/03/2022
Data de Efetividade:
Para: Pilotos A320/A321, Azultechs, MCC, Hangar, Engenharia, Qualidade
10/03/2022
Aplicabilidade: MEL A320/A321
47
48
AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DE AVIAÇÃO CIVIL
Rua Renascença, nº 112 - Ed. Congonhas Office, - Bairro Vila Congonhas, São Paulo/SP, CEP 04612-
010
- www.anac.gov.br
Ofício nº 2817/2021/GCTA/SPO-ANAC
DESTINATÁRIO
Endereço
Av. Marcos Penteado de Ulhôa Rodrigues, nº 939 - Torre Jatobá - 10º andar - Alphaville - Barueri/SP
Em atenção à Cargo
DESCRIÇÃO DO MATERIAL
Rev. Temp. de Minimum Equipment List - MEL das aeronaves modelo A320/A321
TIPO IDENTIFICAÇÃO
X Reedição
RT-TEC-33/21 03/08/2021
Correção
MODELOS AFETADOS
Fabricante Modelo
AIRBUS A320-251N/253N
PUBLICAÇÕES DE REFERÊNCIA
OBSERVAÇÕES E RESTRIÇÕES
Manter uma cópia deste FOP 111 anexada a cada cópia da MEL distribuída.
PARECER
Aprovação Inicial
X Aprovação Final
Aceitação
Nome / Cargo do Analista Igor Aguilera Ferreira / Especialista em Regulação de Aviação Civil
Nome / Cargo do
Leonardo Gonçalves Coutinho / Gerente Técnico de Certificação
Aprovador
A MEL AZUL A320/321 precisa refletir todas as possibilidades de liberação para as aeronaves da Frota
Azul, por isso se faz necessário a introdução de um item especifico para liberação das aeronaves SPEC
AVIANCA no item MEL 25-20-09.
2. VALIDADE
3. HISTÓRICO
Azul incorporou a sua frota aeronaves provenientes da antiga AVIANCA, sendo estas aeronaves
definidas como SPEC AVIANCA, fins de diferenciação da frota Azul designada SPEC AZUL. As
aeronaves SPEC AVIANCA tem algumas diferenças de configuração em relação as aeronaves SPEC
AZUL, e estas diferenças são refletidas na MEL conjunta A320/A321, com itens específicos para cada
tipo de configuração, sendo atualizadas conforme necessário nas revisões da MMEL.
4. REFERÊNCIA
5. DIRETRIZ
51
52
AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DE AVIAÇÃO CIVIL
Rua Renascença, nº 112 - Ed. Congonhas Office, - Bairro Vila Congonhas, São Paulo/SP, CEP 04612-
010
- www.anac.gov.br
Ofício nº 3183/2021/GCTA/SPO-ANAC
DESTINATÁRIO
Endereço
Av. Marcos Penteado de Ulhôa Rodrigues, nº 939 - Torre Jatobá - 10º andar - Alphaville - Barueri/SP
Em atenção à Cargo
DESCRIÇÃO DO MATERIAL
TIPO IDENTIFICAÇÃO
X Reedição
Rev. 06 30/04/2021
Correção
MODELOS AFETADOS
Fabricante Modelo
A320-251N/253N
AIRBUS
A321-251NX
OBSERVAÇÕES E RESTRIÇÕES
Manter uma cópia deste FOP 111 anexada a cada cópia da MEL distribuída.
PARECER
Aprovação Inicial
X Aprovação Final
Aceitação
Nome / Cargo do Analista Igor Aguilera Ferreira / Especialista em Regulação de Aviação Civil
Nome / Cargo do
Leonardo Gonçalves Coutinho / Gerente Técnico de Certificação
Aprovador
56
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
This is the MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST major event publication at issue date 07 MAR 22 for the
A320/A321 and replacing last issue dated 30 DEC 21
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73
Intentionally left blank
74
PRELIMINARY PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME MEL Entries
MI MEL Items
(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
R PLP-LESS LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS 07 MAR 22
R PLP-LETDU LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS 07 MAR 22
HOW How to Use 30 APR 21
ME-21 Air Conditioning 30 DEC 21
ME-22 Auto Flight 30 DEC 21
ME-23 Communications 25 OCT 20
ME-24 Electrical Power 01 OCT 18
ME-26 Fire Protection 30 DEC 21
ME-27 Flight Controls 30 DEC 21
ME-28 Fuel 30 DEC 21
ME-29 Hydraulic Power 25 OCT 20
ME-30 Ice and Rain Protection 30 DEC 21
ME-31 Indicating/Recording Systems 30 DEC 21
ME-32 Landing Gear 16 MAR 20
ME-34 Navigation 30 DEC 21
ME-36 Pneumatic 25 OCT 20
ME-46 Information Systems 01 OCT 18
ME-47 Inert Gas System 16 MAR 20
ME-49 Airborne Auxiliary Power 17 JUN 16
ME-52 Doors 30 DEC 21
ME-70 Engine 30 DEC 21
MI-00-01 Approval Reference 30 APR 21
MI-00-02 Introduction to the MMEL/MEL 17 JUN 16
MI-00-03 Criteria for Dispatch 17 JUN 16
MI-00-04 Maintenance Action 17 JUN 16
MI-00-05 Repair Interval 17 JUN 16
MI-00-06 Repair Interval Extension 17 JUN 16
MI-00-07 Definitions 30 APR 21
MI-00-08 ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS 26 FEB 21
MI-21-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page 30 DEC 21
MI-21-01-01 AIR COND Overhead Panel 17 JUN 16
MI-21-01-02 CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel 17 JUN 16
MI-21-01-03 CARGO VENT Overhead Panel 25 OCT 20
MI-21-01-04 VENTILATION Overhead Panel 17 JUN 16
MI-21-07-01 Indications on the BLEED SD page 17 JUN 16
MI-21-07-02 Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page 24 JUN 19
MI-21-07-03 Indications on the COND SD page 01 OCT 18
MI-21-07-04 Indications on the CRUISE SD page 01 OCT 18
MI-21-09 ECAM Alerts 24 JUN 19
MI-21-21 Air Distribution and Recirculation 24 JUN 19
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
HOW Foreword 00012802.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW MEL Contents 00012804.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Documentary Unit (DU) 00012806.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW MEL Revision Management 00012807.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Removal of Item 00012809.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW How to Use the MEL Entries Section? 00012810.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW How to Use the MEL Items Section? 00012811.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW How to Use the MEL Operational 00012818.0001001 01 OCT 18
Procedures Section?
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3 00012812.0001001 30 APR 21
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN) 00012813.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum 00012814.0001001 30 APR 21
(RVSM)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW ATC Datalink Communication 00012815.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
HOW Abbreviations 00012817.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-21 AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A(B) FAULT 00007680.0001001 19 NOV 19
Criteria: K6443
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 AIR FWD CRG VENT FAULT 00007681.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: 21-1223, K0066
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) FAULT 00007683.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1+2 FAULT 00008959.0001001 04 FEB 14
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) FLOW REDUCED 00016431.0002001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: 21-1223, K0066, K18102, P14629, A320
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) OFF 00007685.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT 00007684.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT 00007687.0009001 06 FEB 19
Criteria: LEAP-1A, K4574, K6443, P20466, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-21 AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT 00007687.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: LEAP-1A, K4574, K6443, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD,
PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-21 CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT 00007713.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 CAB PR EXCES RESIDUAL PR 00007714.0001001 24 FEB 21
Criteria: P8863, P9107
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 CAB PR LDG ELEV FAULT 00007715.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-21 CAB PR LO DIFF PR 00007716.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-22 AUTO FLT A/THR LIMITED 00007837.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P3379
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT A/THR OFF 00007838.0001001 02 APR 13
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT AP OFF 00007840.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT FAC 1 FAULT 00007841.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT 00007842.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT FAC 1+2 FAULT 00007843.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT FCU 1(2) FAULT 00007844.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT FCU 1+2 FAULT 00007847.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT REAC W/S DET FAULT 00007849.0001001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT RUD TRIM 1(2) FAULT 00007855.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT RUD TRIM SYS 00007856.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM 1(2) 00007857.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM SYS 00007858.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-22 AUTO FLT TCAS MODE FAULT 00014565.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P11363
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-23 COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT 00007864.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-23 COM HF 1(2) DATA FAULT 00007867.0004001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: P7148
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-23 COM HF 1(2) EMITTING 00007865.0002001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: P0033, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-23 COM SATCOM DATA FAULT 00007868.0004001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRT, PR-YRU
ME-23 COM SATCOM FAULT 00007869.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRT, PR-YRU
ME-23 COM SINGLE PTT STUCK 00014763.0002001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: P13023
Applicable to: ALL
ME-23 COM VHF 3 DATA FAULT 00007872.0004001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
ME-23 COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING 00007871.9001002 24 JUN 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-24 C/B TRIPPED 00007881.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC AC BUS 1 FAULT 00007873.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC AC BUS 2 FAULT 00007874.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC AC ESS BUS ALTN 00010320.0003001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P10098, P10383
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT 00007875.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED 00007876.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC APU GEN FAULT 00007877.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC APU GEN OVERLOAD 00013870.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC BAT 1(2) FAULT 00007878.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC BAT 1(2) OFF 00007879.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC BCL 1(2) FAULT 00007880.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC DC BAT BUS FAULT 00007883.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC DC BUS 1 FAULT 00007886.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-24 ELEC DC BUS 2 FAULT 00007887.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-26 APU FIRE 00007941.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 APU FIRE DET FAULT 00007939.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 APU FIRE LOOP A(B) FAULT 00007940.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 AVIONICS SMOKE 00007920.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 ENG 1(2) FIRE 00007938.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 ENG 1(2) FIRE DET FAULT 00007935.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP A FAULT 00007936.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP B FAULT 00007937.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 SMOKE AFT CARGO SMOKE 00007914.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: K0036
Applicable to: ALL
ME-26 SMOKE AFT CRG BTL FAULT 00007916.0019001 23 FEB 21
Criteria: K0037, K8400, P7125, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ,
PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-26 SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 1 FAULT 00007916.0026001 23 FEB 21
Criteria: J4530, K0037, K10575, K8400, P7125, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJB, PR-YYA, PR-YYB
ME-26 SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 2 FAULT 00009601.0013001 23 FEB 21
Criteria: J4530, K10575, K8400, P7125
Applicable to: PR-YJB, PR-YYA, PR-YYB
ME-26 SMOKE AFT CRG DET FAULT 00007919.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: K0036
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-27 CONFIG L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT 00007983.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 CONFIG PITCH TRIM NOT IN T.O. 00007984.0001001 18 JUL 12
RANGE
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 CONFIG RUD TRIM NOT IN T.O. RANGE 00007985.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 CONFIG SLATS(FLAPS) NOT IN T.O. 00007986.0001001 18 JUL 12
CONFIG.
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 CONFIG SPEED BRK NOT RETRACTED 00007987.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL AIL SERVO FAULT 00007942.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ALTN LAW 00007943.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL DIRECT LAW 00007944.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT 00007946.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT 00007945.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT 00007948.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT 00007947.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-27 F/CTL ELEV REDUND DEGRDD 00023117.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P20610
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-27 F/CTL ELEV SERVO FAULT 00007949.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-28 FUEL ACT PUMP LO PR 00007988.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
ME-28 FUEL ACT SYSTEM FAULT 00007989.0002001 01 AUG 18
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
ME-28 FUEL ACT XFR FAULT 00007991.0004001 01 AUG 18
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
ME-28 FUEL APU LP VALVE FAULT 00007992.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL AUTO TRANSFER FAULT 00007993.0005001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J0006, J3527, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL CTR L(R) XFR FAULT 00014910.0007001 02 APR 13
Criteria: J3527, P13023, A321
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL CTR L+R XFR FAULT 00014911.0007001 02 APR 13
Criteria: J3527, P13023, A321
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL CTR TK XFR OFF 00007997.0005001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J0006, J3527, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE OPEN 00007998.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-28 FUEL FQI CH 1(2) FAULT 00008000.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL FQI CH 1+2 FAULT 00023708.0001001 26 MAR 20
Criteria: P20610
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-28 FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE 00008001.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J2360, J2361, J2937, J3240
Applicable to: ALL
ME-28 FUEL FWD ACT ISOLATED 00007999.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-29 HYD B ELEC PUMP LO PR 00008021.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B ELEC PUMP OVHT 00008022.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B RSVR LO AIR PR 00008023.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: K2962, K4913, A320
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B RSVR LO LVL 00008025.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B RSVR OVHT 00008026.0001001 10 AUG 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B SYS LO PR 00008027.0001001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B+G SYS LO PR 00008028.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD B+Y SYS LO PR 00008029.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G ENG 1 PUMP LO PR 00008030.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G RSVR LO AIR PR 00008032.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G RSVR LO LVL 00008033.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G RSVR OVHT 00008035.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G SYS LO PR 00008036.0001001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-29 HYD G+Y SYS LO PR 00008037.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-30 ANTI ICE ALL PITOT 00008053.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P7125, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA 00008054.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) L(R) STAT 00008056.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PITOT 00008058.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT+F/O AOA 00022246.0001001 05 APR 18
Criteria: P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT+F/O PITOT 00008059.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P7125, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY AOA 00022247.0001001 05 APR 18
Criteria: P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY PITOT 00008060.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P7125, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PROBES 00008062.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O) TAT 00008064.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE DETECT FAULT 00008065.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P2650, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
ME-30 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT 00015650.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: P13779
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) OVER PRESS 00015649.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: P13779
Applicable to: ALL
ME-30 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE CLSD 00008068.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-31 EIS DMC 1 FAULT 00008102.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: K1806, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 EIS DMC 2 FAULT 00008103.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 EIS DMC 3 FAULT 00008104.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 EIS DMC/FWC COM FAULT 00014303.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P11819
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS FWC 1 FAULT 00008105.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS FWC 2 FAULT 00008106.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS FWC 1+2 FAULT 00008107.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS OEB/FWC DISCREPANCY 00008108.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P4287
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS SDAC 1 FAULT 00008109.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS SDAC 2 FAULT 00008110.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 FWS SDAC 1+2 FAULT 00008111.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-31 RECORDER DFDR FAULT 00008112.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-31 RECORDER CVR FAULT 00014330.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: K30988
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-32 BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT 00008135.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES ALTN L(R) RELEASED 00008138.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES A/SKID N/WS FAULT 00008129.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P9107, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES A/SKID N/WS OFF 00008131.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P9107, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES AUTO BRK FAULT 00008132.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES BRK Y ACCU LO PR 00008134.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES SYS 1 FAULT 00008139.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P5706, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT 00008140.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P5706, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES HOT 00008141.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES NORM BRK FAULT 00008136.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES NORM+ALT FAULT 00008137.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES PARK BRK FAULT 00013833.0003001 10 MAY 16
Criteria: P10383, P11146, P11819
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES PARK BRK LO PR 00013832.0003001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P10383, P4576
Applicable to: ALL
ME-32 BRAKES PARK BRK ON 00008142.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P9107, SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-34 NAV ADR DISAGREE 00008144.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P7125, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADR 1 FAULT 00008145.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADR 2 FAULT 00008146.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADR 3 FAULT 00008147.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT 00008148.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT 00008149.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P9107
Applicable to: ALL
ME-34 NAV ADS-B TRAF FAULT 00014258.0003001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: P11422, P13023
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
ME-34 NAV ADS-B RPTG 1(2) FAULT 00015985.0001001 13 MAY 20
Criteria: P13023, P13630, P13843, P14155
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-34 NAV ALT DISCREPANCY 00024583.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P20610
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-34 NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY 00008150.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF,
PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
ME-34 NAV AOA DISAGREE 00023757.0001001 23 FEB 21
Criteria: P20610
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-34 NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2) FAULT 00013848.0001001 13 MAY 20
Criteria: P11620
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-36 AIR APU BLEED FAULT 00008236.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR APU BLEED LEAK 00008238.0001001 03 NOV 14
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR APU LEAK DET FAULT 00016163.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P14826
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR BLEED 1(2) OFF 00008244.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR BLEED LEAK 00016164.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) HP VALVE FAULT 00008251.0001001 19 NOV 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR 00008246.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT 00008247.0002001 19 NOV 19
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P14826, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED HI TEMP 00014305.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P11819, A320
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK 00008248.0002001 09 DEC 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A, SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2)(1+2) BLEED LO TEMP 00008245.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD 00008249.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1(2) LEAK DET FAULT 00008250.0003001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P9107, P9594
Applicable to: ALL
ME-36 AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT 00016088.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: P14629
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-46 DATA LINK ATSU FAULT 00008257.0005001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
ME-46 DATA LINK COMPANY FAULT 00008258.0005001 21 NOV 17
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-47 FUEL INERTING SYS FAULT 00014410.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J2879, P11819
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-49 APU AUTO(EMER) SHUT DOWN 00008260.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-52 DOOR FWD(AFT)(BULK) CARGO 00008261.0001001 31 JAN 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN 00008264.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT 00008266.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT 00008266.0005001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: A321, 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ME-52 DOOR L(R) AFT OVERWNG EXIT 00022329.0001001 05 APR 18
Criteria: 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ME-52 DOOR L(R) AFT OVERWNG FAULT 00022338.0001001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ME-52 DOOR L(R)(FWD)(AFT) AVIONICS 00008263.0001001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN 00008265.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) FWD EMER EXIT 00008267.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ME-52 DOOR L(R) FWD OVERWNG EXIT 00022331.0001001 05 APR 18
Criteria: 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ME-52 DOOR L(R) FWD OVERWNG FAULT 00022339.0001001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ME-70 ENG ALL ENGINES FAILURE 00016089.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: P14629
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG THR LEVERS NOT SET 00008408.0007001 30 APR 21
Criteria: 22-1618, CFMI, P13922, P9107
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG FUEL CONTAMINATED 00023709.0001001 26 MAR 20
Criteria: P20610
Applicable to: PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
ME-70 ENG GA SOFT FAULT 00016116.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: 22-1618, P13922
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG REV SET 00008409.0003001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: CFMI, P7125
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG SAT ABOVE FLEX TEMP 00014248.0003001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P11819
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG THRUST LOCKED 00008411.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P3379
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG TYPE DISAGREE 00008415.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1(2) COMPRESSOR VANE 00008303.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1+2 COMPRESSOR VANE 00019348.0004001 14 JUN 16
Criteria: CFMI, P14629
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1(2) CTL SYS FAULT 00016224.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1(2) CTL VALVE FAULT 00008305.0003001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1(2) EGT(FF)(N1)(N2) 00008311.0001001 18 JUL 12
DISCREPANCY
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
ME-70 ENG 1(2) EIU FAULT 00008308.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-00-01 MMEL Approval Reference 00010655.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-02 Introduction to the MMEL 00012615.0001001 03 NOV 15
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-02 Introduction to the MEL 00012616.0001001 15 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-03 Criteria for Dispatch 00012617.0001001 15 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-04 Maintenance Action 00012619.0001001 15 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-05 Repair Interval 00012620.0001001 15 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-06 Repair Interval Extension 00012621.0001001 15 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-07 Definitions 00012622.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-00-08 ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS 00012623.0018001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: LEAP-1A, K2962, P11819, P14826, P9594, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-21-00 21-00-04 TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE 00007461.0001001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: K6443
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-00 21-00-05 CPC 1(2) MAINTENANCE 00022201.0003001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: K15280, P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MI-21-01-01 21-01-01-01 PACK pb-sw FAULT light 00007462.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-01 21-01-01-02 PACK pb-sw OFF light 00007463.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-01 21-01-01-03 HOT AIR pb-sw FAULT light 00007464.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-01 21-01-01-04 HOT AIR pb-sw OFF light 00007465.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-02 21-01-02-01 CABIN PRESS MODE SEL 00007466.0001001 22 MAR 10
pb-sw FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-03 21-01-03-01 FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw 00007467.0001001 22 MAR 10
FAULT light
Criteria: 21-1223, K0066
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MI-21-01-04 21-01-04-01 CAB FANS pb-sw OFF light 00007469.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-04 21-01-04-02 BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light 00007470.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-01-04 21-01-04-03 EXTRACT pb-sw FAULT 00007471.0001001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-21-07-01 21-07-01-01 Pack Outlet Temperature 00007512.0001001 22 MAR 10
Indication on the BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-22-01-01 22-01-01-01 FAC pb-sw FAULT light 00007527.0001001 17 MAY 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-01-01 22-01-01-02 FAC pb-sw OFF light 00007528.0001001 17 MAY 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the 00007577.0001001 30 APR 21
FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the 20800010.9001002 30 APR 21
FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on 20800040.9001001 30 APR 21
the FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on 20800013.9001001 30 APR 21
the FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-03 Approach and Landing 00007579.0001001 30 APR 21
Capabilities on the FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-05 22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA 00007580.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-10 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP) 00007529.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-10 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD) 00007530.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-10 22-10-04 Take-over pb AP Disconnection 00007532.0001001 30 APR 21
Function
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-22-10 22-10-05 AUTO LAND light 00007533.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-23-00 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE 00007581.0001001 16 MAR 20
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-01-01 23-01-01-32 CVR ERASE pb 00007584.0001001 21 NOV 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-01-02 23-01-02-31 CALLS ALL pb 00007586.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-01-02 23-01-02-32 CALLS EMER pb, CALLS 00007587.0001001 24 JUN 19
FWD pb, CALLS MID pb, CALLS EXIT
pb, CALLS PURS pb, CALLS AFT pb
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-01-03 23-01-03-31 AUDIO SWITCHING selector 00007616.0001001 27 JUN 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-01-04 23-01-04-01 GND HF DATALINK pb-sw 00021765.0006001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: P0197, P7148, P7149
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-23-01-04 23-01-04-02 GND HF DATALINK pb-sw 00021767.0001001 21 NOV 17
OVRD Light
Criteria: P7148, P7149
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-23-09 23-09-01 COM HF 1(2) EMITTING Alert 00007665.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MI-23-09 23-09-02 COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING 00007666.0001001 24 JUN 19
Alert (3 VHFs installed)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-23-10 23-10-01 HF Voice 00021776.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: P0197
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-23-10 23-10-01 HF Voice 00021776.0002001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: P0197, P0198, P4608, P4613
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-24-00 24-00-01 DC BUS TIE MAINTENANCE 00008421.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-00 24-00-03 AC GEN MAINTENANCE 00008423.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: P5706
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-01 BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light 00008424.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-02 BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light 00008425.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and 00008426.0001001 22 MAY 19
APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and 00008427.0001001 22 MAR 10
APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-05 AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT 00008428.0001001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-06 AC ESS FEED pb-sw ALTN 00008429.0001001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-07 EXT PWR pb-sw AVAIL light 00008430.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-08 EXT PWR pb-sw ON light 00008431.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-09 GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT 00008432.0002001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: P5451, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-24-01-01 24-01-01-10 GALY & CAB pb-sw OFF 00008433.0002001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: P5451, SA
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-25-07 25-07-01 Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00008583.0001001 22 MAY 19
Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-25-07 25-07-01 Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00008583.0005001 05 APR 18
Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
Criteria: A321, 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MI-25-07 25-07-02 Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00008584.0001001 16 MAR 20
Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-25-07 25-07-02 Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00008584.0005001 26 FEB 21
Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page
Criteria: A321, 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MI-25-07 25-07-03 Cabin Overwing Exit Slide 00008585.0001001 05 APR 18
Permanently Indicated Armed on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: ALL
MI-25-07 25-07-04 Cabin Overwing Exit Slide 00008586.0001001 16 MAR 20
Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
Criteria: A320, 321-200NX
Applicable to: ALL
MI-25-11 25-11-02 Pilot Seat Manual Vertical 00008483.0001001 22 MAY 19
Adjustment
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-25-11 25-11-03 Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment 00008487.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-26-00 26-00-01 SMOKE MAINTENANCE 00008419.0004001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: K8400, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-01 Bulb/LED in the ENG 00008447.0001001 22 MAR 10
FIRE-PUSH pb-sw
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-02 ENG AGENT pb DISCH light 00008450.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-03 ENG AGENT pb SQUIB light 00008451.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-04 Bulb/LED in the APU 00008452.0001001 22 MAY 19
FIRE-PUSH pb-sw
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-05 APU AGENT pb DISCH light 00008453.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-06 APU AGENT pb SQUIB light 00008454.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-31 ENG FIRE TEST pb 00008455.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-32 APU FIRE TEST pb 00008456.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-33 APU FIRE PUSH pb-sw 00008459.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-01 26-01-01-34 APU AGENT pb 00008461.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-02 26-01-02-01 CARGO SMOKE DISCH/BTL 00008467.0001001 26 OCT 20
light light
Criteria: K0037
Applicable to: ALL
MI-26-01-02 26-01-02-02 CARGO SMOKE DISCH 00008469.0001001 15 SEP 10
AGENT 2 light
Criteria: K10575
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-27-00 27-00-01 F/CTL MAINTENANCE Message 00008295.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-00 27-00-02 SFCS MAINTENANCE Message 00008296.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-01-01 27-01-01-01 ELAC pb-sw FAULT light 00008297.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-01-01 27-01-01-02 ELAC pb-sw OFF light 00008298.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-01-01 27-01-01-03 SEC pb-sw FAULT light 00008300.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-01-01 27-01-01-04 SEC pb-sw OFF light 00008301.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-01 Aileron Actuator Indication on 00008397.0001001 22 MAR 10
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-02 Aileron Position Indication on 00008398.0001001 22 MAY 19
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-03 Elevator Actuator Indication on 00008399.0001001 22 MAR 10
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-04 Elevator Position Indication on 00008400.0001001 22 MAY 19
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-05 Pitch Trim Position Indication 00008401.0001001 22 MAY 19
on the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-27-07 27-07-06 Rudder Position Indication on 00008402.0001001 22 MAY 19
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-28-00 28-00-01 FUEL MAINTENANCE Message 00008177.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-01 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw 00008178.0001001 22 MAY 19
FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-02 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw OFF 00008179.0001001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-03 X FEED pb-sw ON light 00008180.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-04 X FEED pb-sw OPEN light 00008181.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-05 CTR TK XFR pb-sw FAULT 00008182.0005001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: J0006, J3527, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-06 CTR TK XFR pb-sw OFF 00008183.0005001 22 MAY 19
light
Criteria: J0006, J3527, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-01 28-01-01-07 FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw 00008184.0002001 22 MAY 19
FAULT light
Criteria: J0006, J3527, A320, A321
Applicable to: ALL
MI-28-01-02 28-01-02-01 ACT XFR MODE SEL pb-sw 00008187.0002001 22 MAY 19
FAULT light
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MI-28-01-02 28-01-02-02 ACT XFR MODE SEL pb-sw 00008188.0001001 22 MAR 10
MAN light
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MI-28-01-02 28-01-02-03 ALL ACT pb-sw OVFL light 00008189.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MI-28-01-02 28-01-02-04 ALL ACT pb-sw ISOL light 00008190.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw 00008031.0002001 30 APR 21
FAULT light
Criteria: LEAP-1A, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-02 B ELEC PUMP pb-sw OFF 00008034.0001001 30 APR 21
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-03 Y ELEC PUMP pb-sw ON 00008042.0001001 30 APR 21
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw 00008048.0002001 30 APR 21
FAULT light
Criteria: LEAP-1A, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-05 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw 00008049.0001001 30 APR 21
OFF light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light 00008050.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-01 29-01-01-07 PTU pb-sw OFF light 00008051.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-01-02 29-01-02-01 G(B)(Y) LEAK 00008052.0001001 22 MAR 10
MEASUREMENT VALVES pb-sw OFF
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-07 29-07-01 Yellow ELEC Pump Indication 00008078.0001001 22 MAR 10
on the HYD SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-07 29-07-02 Pump Indication on the HYD 00008079.0001001 27 JUN 11
SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-29-07 29-07-03 Fire Valve Indication on the 00008080.0001001 22 MAR 10
HYD SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-30-00 30-00-01 ICE DETECT MAINTENANCE 00007863.0002001 01 OCT 18
Message
Criteria: P2650, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MI-30-00 30-00-02 ENG 1(2) A.ICE MAINTENANCE 00016091.0001001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: P13779
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-01 30-01-01-01 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw 00007866.0001001 27 NOV 15
FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-01 30-01-01-02 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw 00007870.0001001 22 MAR 10
ON light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-01 30-01-01-03 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw 00007882.0001001 22 MAY 19
FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-01 30-01-01-04 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw ON 00007885.0001001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-02 30-01-02-01 Wiper High Speed Function 00007890.0001001 22 MAY 19
(FAST Position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-01-02 30-01-02-02 Wiper Low Speed Function 00007893.0001001 22 MAR 10
(SLOW Position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-07 30-07-01 ANTI ICE Indication on the 00008019.0001001 22 MAR 10
BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-07 30-07-02 Arrow Indication on the BLEED 00008020.0001001 22 MAR 10
SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-30-09 30-09-01 ANTI-ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT 00016092.0001001 22 MAY 19
Alert
Criteria: P13779
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-31-00 31-00-01 QAR MAINTENANCE Message 00007776.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-02 ACMS MAINTENANCE 00007777.0002001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: K0052, P7125
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-03 DAR MAINTENANCE Message 00007778.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-04 CFDIU MAINTENANCE 00007779.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-05 DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE 00007780.0002001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: P11819, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-06 DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE 00007781.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-00 31-00-07 DFDR ACCEL MAINTENANCE 00015819.0001001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: P14629
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-01-01 31-01-01-01 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw ON 20800073.9001001 01 OCT 18
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-01-01 31-01-01-02 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw 20800074.9001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-31-07 31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, 00007850.0003001 27 JUN 11
ISA, GLOAD - ALT SEL, UTC, GW)
Indications on the SD
Criteria: P7092, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ,
PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-32-07 32-07-01 Brakes Temperature Indication 00007761.0001001 22 MAY 19
on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-02 L/G Position Indication on the 00007762.0001001 22 MAY 19
WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-03 L/G Doors Position Indication 00007763.0001001 22 MAY 19
on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-04 L/G CTL Indication on the 00007764.0001001 22 MAR 10
WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-05 UP LOCK Indication on the 00007765.0001001 22 MAR 10
WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-06 [Y] N/W STEERING Indication 00007766.0002001 30 APR 21
on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: P4576, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-07 Tire Pressure Indication on the 00007767.0001001 17 JUN 16
WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-08 ANTI SKID, [1], [2] Indication on 00007768.0003001 30 APR 21
the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: P6538, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-09 AUTO BRK Indication on the 00007769.0001001 22 MAR 10
WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-10 [G] NORM BRK Indication on 00007770.0002001 22 MAR 10
the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: P4576, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-32-07 32-07-11 Release Brake Indication on 00007771.0001001 22 MAR 10
the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-33-01-01 33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT 00007633.0001001 22 MAR 10
sw
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-33-01-01 33-01-01-02 DIM Function of ANN LT sw 00007635.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-33-01-01 33-01-01-03 BRT Function of ANN LT sw 00007636.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-33-01-02 33-01-02-01 EMER EXIT LT OFF light 00007637.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-33-01-02 33-01-02-02 AUTO Function of SEAT 00007638.0001001 24 JUN 19
BELT SIGNS sw
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-33-01-02 33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of NO 00007639.0001001 22 MAY 19
SMOKING SIGNS sw
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB
MI-33-01-02 33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of NO 00007639.0002001 22 MAY 19
PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE SIGNS sw
Criteria: P8241, P9508, SA
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-33-10 33-10-01 Cockpit General Illumination 00007640.0004001 24 JUN 19
(Center & Main Instrument Lighting,
Console and Floor Lighting, Dome lights
and Lighting Strips, Instrument and
Panel Integral Lighting, Map Holder
Lighting, Center Pedestal Lighting,
Reading Lights)
Criteria: P4801, P5638, P6578, P9196, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-34-00 34-00-01 ADR MAINTENANCE Message 00008503.0002001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: P10383, P10653, P9107, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-00 34-00-02 IR MAINTENANCE Message 00008504.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-00 34-00-03 RA 1(2) MAINTENANCE 00015759.0005001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: P12457, P12458, P13023
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-01 ADR pb-sw FAULT light 00008505.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-02 ADR pb-sw OFF light 00008506.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-03 IR pb-sw FAULT light 00008509.0002001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: P5253, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-04 IR pb-sw OFF light 00008510.0002001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: P5253, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-05 ON BAT light 00008511.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-31 ADR pb-sw 00008512.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw 00008513.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: P5253
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-01 34-01-01-33 IR Mode selector 00008516.0002001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P5253, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-02 34-01-02-01 GPWS SYS pb-sw FAULT 00008534.0001001 21 NOV 17
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-34-01-02 34-01-02-04 GPWS FLAP MODE pb-sw 00024546.0001001 17 NOV 20
OFF light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF 00008727.0001001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light 00008729.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-03 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ON 00008730.0001001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: P4023
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-31 MANUAL Control of the 00008731.0001001 17 NOV 20
MASK MAN ON pb
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK 00008732.0001001 22 MAY 19
MAN ON pb
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-01-01 35-01-01-33 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw 00008735.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: P4023
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-35-07 35-07-01 Crew OXY High Pressure 00008771.0002001 22 MAY 19
Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Criteria: K17059, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-07 35-07-02 Crew Oxygen REGUL 1(2)(1+2) 00008773.0002001 27 NOV 15
LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
Criteria: K17059, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-10 35-10-01 Crew Oxygen Mask 00008748.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-10 35-10-02 Crew Oxygen Mask 00008749.0001001 17 JUN 16
Microphone
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-35-10 35-10-03 Exterior Crew Oxygen 00008751.0001001 24 JUN 19
Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green
Disc)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-36-00 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE 00016004.0003001 24 JUN 19
Message
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P14826, P9594, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-01 36-01-01 ENG BLEED pb-sw FAULT light 00008778.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-01 36-01-02 ENG BLEED pb-sw OFF light 00008783.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-01 36-01-03 APU BLEED pb-sw FAULT light 00008785.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-01 36-01-04 APU BLEED pb-sw ON light 00008787.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-01 APU Bleed Valve Indication on 00008807.0001001 13 MAY 15
the BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-02 Engine Bleed Valve Indication 00008808.0001001 22 MAR 10
on the BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-03 Engine Bleed HP Valve 00008809.0001001 22 MAR 10
Indication on the BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet 00008810.0001001 22 MAR 10
Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD
page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-05 Engine Bleed Precooler Outlet 00008811.0001001 22 MAR 10
Temperature Indication on the BLEED
SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-36-07 36-07-06 X Bleed Valve Indication on the 00008812.0001001 22 MAR 10
BLEED SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-46-11 46-11-01 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) 00008789.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-11 46-11-02 EFB Docking Station 00021728.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA,
PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG
MI-46-11 46-11-04 EFB Power Outlet 00021735.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-11 46-11-06 EFB Mounting Device 00021737.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-21 46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) 00008795.0002001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P4502, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-21 46-21-02 Datalink Control and Display 00008791.0002001 30 APR 21
Unit (DCDU)
Criteria: P4502, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-21 46-21-03 ATC MSG pb 00008793.0002001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P4502, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-46-21 46-21-04 ATC Datalink 00021810.0001001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MI-46-21 46-21-05 COMPANY Datalink 00021811.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-47-10 47-10-01 Fuel Tank Inerting System 00014411.0002001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: J2879, P11819
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-49-00 49-00-01 APU MAINTENANCE Message 00008813.0001001 17 JUN 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-01 49-01-01 APU MASTER SW pb-sw 00008814.0001001 22 MAY 19
FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-01 49-01-02 APU MASTER SW pb-sw ON 00008816.0001001 22 MAR 10
light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-01 49-01-03 APU START pb-sw AVAIL light 00008817.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-01 49-01-04 APU START pb-sw ON light 00008818.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-07 49-07-01 Indications on the APU SD 00008821.0001001 17 JUN 16
page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-49-10 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU) 00008819.0006001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: J4530, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MI-49-10 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU) 00008819.0002001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: K4913, A320, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-49-10 49-10-02 APU Air Intake Flap 00008820.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the 00008677.9001002 30 APR 21
CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF,
PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV,
PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG,
PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the 00008677.0001001 30 APR 21
CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) 00008678.9001002 30 APR 21
LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT
Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF,
PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV,
PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG,
PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) 00008678.0001001 30 APR 21
LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT
Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on 00008679.9001002 30 APR 21
the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF,
PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV,
PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG,
PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MI-52-01-01 52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on 00008679.0001001 30 APR 21
the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MI-52-01-02 52-01-02-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the 00008680.0001001 22 MAY 19
CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead
Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-56-10 56-10-01 Front Windshield 00008671.0001001 11 NOV 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-56-10 56-10-02 Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window 00008673.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-56-20 56-20-01 Cabin Window 00008676.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYF,
PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-56-20 56-20-01 Cabin Window 00008676.9001003 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MI-56-20 56-20-01 Cabin Window 00008676.9001002 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-70-00 70-00-01 ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE 00008668.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-70-00 70-00-02 ENG EIU MAINTENANCE 00008669.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-70-00 70-00-03 ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE 00008670.0001001 17 JUN 16
Message
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-71-09 71-09-01 ENG 1(2) FAN COWL NOT 00016126.0001001 27 NOV 15
CLSD Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MI-71-13 71-13-01 Fan Cowl Loss Prevention 00020773.0001001 22 NOV 16
Mechanical System
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-73-07 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the 00008664.0002001 22 MAY 19
ENGINE SD page
Criteria: P6578, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-73-07 73-07-02 Fuel Filter Clog Indication on 00008665.0001001 22 MAR 10
the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-73-08 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the 00008666.0002001 12 AUG 14
EWD
Criteria: P7092, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-73-08 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the 00008666.0001001 27 JUN 11
EWD
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YSI
MI-73-09 73-09-01 ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG 00008667.0001001 23 AUG 17
Alert
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
MI-73-09 73-09-02 ENG 1(2) MINOR FAULT Alert 00016106.0001001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MI-73-09 73-09-03 ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER 00016152.0002001 24 JUN 19
DEGRAD Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC,
PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-73-09 73-09-04 ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR 00016153.0003001 24 JUN 19
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MI-73-09 73-09-04 ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR 00016153.0002001 24 JUN 19
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-74-07 74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on 00008651.0001001 22 MAY 19
the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
MI-74-09 74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT 00008652.0001001 16 MAR 20
Alert
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
MI-74-31 74-31-01 Ignition System A 00008649.0003001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: 73-1118, CFMI, LEAP-1A, P20180
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-74-31 74-31-01 Ignition System A 00008649.0005001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A, P15993, P20180
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MI-74-31 74-31-02 Ignition System B 00008650.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-75-24 75-24-02 FADEC Blower 00022210.0001001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: 73-1126, LEAP-1A, P20228
Applicable to: ALL
MI-75-24 75-24-03 Low Pressure Turbine Active 00023485.0001001 19 NOV 19
Clearance Control (LPTACC) Valve
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MI-75-24 75-24-04 High Pressure Turbine Active 00023486.0001001 19 NOV 19
Clearance Control (HPTACC) Valve
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-76-11 76-11-01 Thrust lever Position Sensor 00008646.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-77-07-02 77-07-02-04 Nacelle Temperature 00008632.0001001 22 MAR 10
Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-77-07-02 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on 00008633.0001001 22 MAY 19
the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-77-07-02 77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration Indication on 00008634.0001001 22 MAY 19
the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-77-08 77-08-06 Bleed Configuration Indication 00016147.0001001 27 NOV 15
on the EWD (PACKS, NAI, WAI)
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-78-09 78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL 00016199.0001001 30 DEC 21
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted by TDU: 20800015 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
N MI-78-09 x 78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL 20800015.9001001 07 MAR 22
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted DU: 00016199 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
N MI-78-09 x 78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL 20800015.9001002 07 MAR 22
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YJF, PR-YSI
Impacted DU: 00016199 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
MI-78-09 78-09-02 ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT 00016200.0001001 24 JUN 19
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MI-78-30 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser 00008603.0004001 24 JUN 19
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted by TDU: 20800016 Thrust Reverser
N MI-78-30 x 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser 20800016.9001001 07 MAR 22
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted DU: 00008603 Thrust Reverser
N MI-78-30 x 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser 20800016.9001002 07 MAR 22
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YJF, PR-YSI
Impacted DU: 00008603 Thrust Reverser
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-79-07 79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the 00008596.0001001 22 MAR 10
ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-79-07 79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and 00008597.0003001 22 MAY 19
Advisory on the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: LEAP-1A, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-79-07 79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the 00008598.0001001 23 AUG 17
ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-79-09 79-09-02 ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG 00008601.0005001 24 JUN 19
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MI-79-09 79-09-02 ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG 00008601.0004001 24 JUN 19
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC,
PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-79-09 79-09-04 ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD 00016195.0001001 24 JUN 19
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD,
PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-79-09 79-09-05 ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT 00016196.0002001 30 APR 21
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P20466
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MI-79-09 79-09-05 ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT 00016196.0001001 30 APR 21
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC,
PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MI-79-09 79-09-06 ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED 00016197.0001001 24 JUN 19
Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MI-80-01 80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw 00008588.0001001 22 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-80-07 80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication 00008591.0001001 16 MAR 20
on the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MI-80-11 80-11-01 Start Valve 00008589.0001001 22 MAY 19
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
MI-80-12 80-12-01 FAULT light on the ENG 00008590.0001001 22 MAR 10
MASTER Panel
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-21-09 21-09-01A VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert 00008895.0001001 28 JUN 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-09 21-09-02A VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert 00008896.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-21 21-21-01A Cabin Fan 00021125.0001001 31 JAN 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-23 21-23-01B Lavatory and Galley 00008830.0005001 15 NOV 18
Extraction Fan
Criteria: K2335, K6443, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-26 21-26-01A Avionics Blower Fan (VENT 00008831.0001001 08 AUG 13
AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-26 21-26-01B Avionics Blower Fan (Air 00009179.0001001 08 AUG 13
conditioning inlet valve checked open
before each flight)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-26 21-26-01C Avionics Blower Fan 00009180.0001001 08 AUG 13
(Avionics ventilation system checked
before each flight)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-21-26 21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT 00009184.0001001 20 MAR 10
AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-21-26 21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT 00009184.0004001 20 MAR 10
AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Criteria: A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-21-26 21-26-02B Avionics Extract Fan (Air 00009185.0001001 20 MAR 10
conditioning inlet valve checked open
before each flight)
Criteria: A320
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-22-05 22-05-01A AP Related Indications on the 00020781.0001001 22 NOV 16
FMA (inoperative on one FMA)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-05 22-05-01B AP Related Indications on the 00008922.0001001 22 NOV 16
FMA (inoperative on both FMAs)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-05 22-05-03A Approach and Landing 00008923.0001001 11 MAR 10
Capabilities on the FMA
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-01A(B) Autopilot (AP) 00008897.0001001 13 MAY 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-02A Flight Director (FD) 00008898.0001001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-04A Take-over pb AP 00008899.0001001 11 MAR 10
Disconnection Function (One
inoperative)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-04B & 22-10-05B Take-over pb 00008900.0001001 22 NOV 16
AP Disconnection Function (Both
inoperative)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-05A AUTO LAND light 00008901.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-06A AP Disengagement Warning 00008902.0001001 22 NOV 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-07A Sticks and Rudder Pedals 00008903.0001001 11 MAR 10
Locking Solenoid in AP Mode
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-22-10 22-10-08A AP/FD TCAS Mode 00014564.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: P11363
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-23-01-04 23-01-04-01A GND HF DATALINK pb-sw 00021766.0011001 21 NOV 17
Criteria: P0197, P7148, P7149
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-23-09 23-09-01A COM HF 1(2) EMITTING 00008969.0001001 24 JUN 19
ALERT
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-23-09 23-09-02A COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING 00008970.0001001 15 FEB 18
Alert (3 VHFs installed)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-10 23-10-02C(D) VHF Voice 00008952.0002001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: P4502, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-20 23-20-02A SATCOM Data mode 00021764.0001001 01 OCT 18
(procedures do not require SATCOM
datalink)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRT, PR-YRU,
PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MO-23-20 23-20-02B SATCOM Data Mode 00021739.0001001 30 APR 21
(procedures require SATCOM datalink)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRT, PR-YRU,
PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MO-23-20 23-20-04B VHF Datalink (procedures do 00021801.0001001 01 OCT 18
not require ATC datalink)
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-20 23-20-04C VHF Datalink (procedures 00021800.0001001 30 APR 21
require ATC datalink)
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-40 23-40-01A Ground External Horn 00008960.0001001 28 JUN 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-40 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground 00008961.0001001 01 OCT 18
Communication System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-23-40 23-40-04A Service Interphone Jack 00008962.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-24-01-01 24-01-01-07A EXT PWR pb AVAIL light 00008971.0001001 13 MAY 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-24-01-01 24-01-01-09A GALY & CAB pb-sw 00008972.0002001 11 MAR 10
FAULT light
Criteria: P5451, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-24-07 24-07-01A AC Generation Indications on 00008983.0002001 11 MAR 10
the ELEC SD page
Criteria: P5451, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-24-09 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED 00008984.0005001 05 APR 18
Alert
Criteria: K1806, P1970, SA, 321-200NX
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-24-09 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED 00008984.0003001 18 MAR 10
Alert
Criteria: K1806, P1970, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-24-22 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, 00008973.0048001 15 FEB 18
GCU, Line Contactor)
Criteria: K2770, P10098, P10300, P10402, P5451, P6319, P7009, P7175, P7945, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-24-22 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, 00008973.0042001 26 NOV 13
GCU, Line Contactor)
Criteria: K2770, P10098, P10300, P10402, P5451, P6319, P7009, P7175, P7945, P9608, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MO-24-23 24-23-01A(B) AC Auxiliary Generation 00021922.0001001 23 AUG 17
(APU Generator, GCU or GAPCU
Auxiliary Power Control function, Line
Contactor) (APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-25-07 25-07-01A Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00009021.0001001 05 APR 18
Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-07 25-07-02A Cabin Door Slide Permanently 00009022.0001001 05 APR 18
Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-11 25-11-05A Pilot Seat Electrical 00021905.0001001 23 AUG 17
Adjustment
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-11 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness 00008985.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-11 25-11-07A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap 00008986.0001001 16 MAR 20
Criteria: P0159, P2493
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-12 25-12-04A Third Occupant Seat Fifth 00008987.0001001 11 MAR 10
Strap
Criteria: P0661
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-12 25-12-08A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth 00009015.0002001 11 MAR 10
Strap
Criteria: P0040, P1362
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-20 25-20-02C Passenger Seat Backrest 00021862.0001001 01 OCT 18
(Affected seats considered inoperative)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-20 25-20-02D Passenger Seat Backrest 00021865.0001001 16 MAR 20
(Affected Cabin Door and Cabin
Overwing Exit Considered Inoperative)
Criteria: A320, A321, 321-200NX
Applicable to: ALL
MO-25-20 25-20-05A Passenger Seat Armrest 00023964.0001001 13 MAY 20
(Affected Armrest Inoperative in the
Required Position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-26-12 26-12-01A Engine Fire Detection Loop A 00015645.0001001 23 AUG 17
on the Engine 1
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-12 26-12-02A & 26-12-03A Engine Fire 00021873.0001001 23 AUG 17
Detection Loop A on the Engine 2 or
Loop B on the Engine 1
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-12 26-12-04A Engine Fire Detection Loop B 00021874.0001001 23 AUG 17
on the Engine 2
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-13 26-13-01A(B) APU Fire Detection Loop 00015646.0001001 12 AUG 14
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-15 26-15-01A Avionics Smoke Detection 00009025.0001001 03 MAY 17
System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-17 26-17-01A(B) Lavatory Smoke Detection 00009028.0001001 26 FEB 21
System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-26-24 26-24-01A Cabin Portable Fire 00021763.0001001 21 NOV 17
Extinguisher
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-27-07 27-07-02A Aileron Position Indication on 00009073.0001001 17 SEP 10
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-07 27-07-04A Elevator Position Indication 00009074.0001001 17 SEP 10
on the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-07 27-07-05A Pitch Trim Position Indication 00009075.0001001 17 SEP 10
on the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-07 27-07-06A Rudder Position Indication on 00009076.0001001 17 SEP 10
the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-07 27-07-11A Spoilers/Speedbrakes 00009077.0001001 17 SEP 10
Indication on the F/CTL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-07 27-07-12A Spoilers/Speedbrakes 00009078.0001001 17 SEP 10
Indication on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-14 27-14-01A Left Aileron Blue 00009029.0001001 11 MAR 10
Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-14 27-14-03A Right Aileron Green 00009030.0001001 11 MAR 10
Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-14 27-14-04A Right Aileron Blue 00020452.0001001 22 NOV 16
Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-21 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment 00009040.0001001 20 MAR 10
System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-27-22 27-22-01A(B) Rudder Trim System 00009043.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-28-01-02 28-01-02-01A ACT XFR MODE SEL 00009081.0001001 28 JUN 11
pb-sw FAULT light
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MO-28-01-02 28-01-02-03A ALL ACT pb-sw OVFL light 00009082.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MO-28-01-02 28-01-02-31A ACT XFR selector 00009084.0002001 01 AUG 18
Criteria: J4530
Applicable to: PR-YJB
MO-28-07-01 28-07-01-01A Fuel On Board (FOB) 00009109.0001001 28 JUN 11
Indication on the FUEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-28-07-01 28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication 00009110.0001001 22 NOV 16
(FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD
page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-28-07-01 28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication 00009110.0004001 22 NOV 16
(FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD
page
Criteria: A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-28-07-01 28-07-01-03A(C) Outer Tank Fuel 00009111.0001001 04 NOV 15
Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD
page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-28-07-01 28-07-01-04A Inner Tank Fuel Quantity 00009112.0001001 04 NOV 15
Indication on the FUEL SD page
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-29-07 29-07-07A System Label Indication on 00009122.0001001 17 SEP 10
the HYD SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-07 29-07-08A System Pressure Indication 00009123.0001001 13 MAY 15
on the HYD SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-09 29-09-03A HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO 00009124.0002001 30 JUN 11
PR Alert
Criteria: P10383, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-09 29-09-07A HYD PTU FAULT Alert 00009125.0001001 17 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-10 29-10-03A Blue System Electric Pump 00009119.0001001 20 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-23 29-23-01A Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 00009120.0001001 21 NOV 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-29-24 29-24-01A Yellow System Electric Pump 00009121.0001001 20 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-30-01-01 30-01-01-03A ANTI ICE WING pb-sw 00009042.0001001 12 NOV 20
FAULT light
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-30-09 30-09-01A ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) CTL 00016097.0005001 03 MAY 17
FAULT Alert
Criteria: J3448, P13779
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-30-09 30-09-01A ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) CTL 00016097.0002001 14 JUN 16
FAULT Alert
Criteria: P13779
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-30-11 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve 00009047.0045001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: LEAP-1A, J3448
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-30-11 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve 00009047.0043001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: LEAP-1A26, LEAP-1A, J3283
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-30-21 30-21-01A(D) Engine Anti-Ice Valve (Inop 00018143.0001001 27 NOV 15
in the closed position)
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MO-30-31 30-31-01A PHC (associated probe 00021166.0001001 03 MAY 17
heating operative)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-30-31 30-31-01B PHC (F/O PHC inoperative) 00009050.0003001 05 APR 18
Criteria: P20466, P7268, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MO-30-31 30-31-01B PHC (F/O PHC inoperative) 00009050.0002001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: P7268, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC,
PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-30-31 30-31-01C PHC (STBY PHC inoperative) 00021168.0002001 05 APR 18
Criteria: P20466, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-31-01-01 31-01-01-02A RCDR-GND CTL pb-sw 00008925.0001001 17 MAY 18
(Inoperative in the AUTO position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-01-01 31-01-01-02B RCDR-GND CTL pb-sw 00009178.0001001 11 MAR 10
(Inoperative in the ON position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-07 31-07-02A Permanent Data (TAT, 00009041.0001001 28 JUN 11
SAT, GLOAD - ALT SEL, UTC, GW)
Indications on the SD
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YSI
MO-31-07 31-07-02A Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, 00009041.0003001 28 JUN 11
ISA, GLOAD - ALT SEL, UTC, GW)
Indications on the SD
Criteria: P7092, SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ,
PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-31-07 31-07-02A Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, 00009041.0004001 28 JUN 11
ISA, GLOAD, UTC, GW) Indications on
the SD
Criteria: P6071, P7092, SA
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-31-20 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator 00009031.0001001 28 JUN 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-53 31-53-01A FLIGHT WARNING 00009032.0001001 11 MAR 10
COMPUTER (FWC)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-53 31-53-06B Altitude Alert 00009462.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-56 31-56-06A STS pb on the ECP 00018574.0001001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-31-56 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP 00009033.0001001 18 JUL 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-32-07 32-07-01A(B) Brakes Temperature 00009012.0021001 03 MAY 17
Indication on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: LEAP-1A, J4051, P8440, A320
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-32-07 32-07-01A(B) Brakes Temperature 00009012.0019001 03 MAY 17
Indication on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: LEAP-1A, J4386, P10257, A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ,
PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
MO-32-07 32-07-01A(B) Brakes Temperature 00009012.0009001 03 MAY 17
Indication on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: LEAP-1A, P3341, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
MO-32-07 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication 00009013.0001001 28 JUN 11
on the WHEEL SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-32-09 32-09-01C BRAKES-N/WS MINOR 00009197.0001001 18 JUL 12
FAULT Alert (Alternate braking checked
operative)
Criteria: P4576
Applicable to: ALL
MO-32-31 32-31-01A Landing Gear Control and 00008975.0002001 24 JUN 19
Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Criteria: K0402, P6578, SA
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted by TDU: 20800022 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
N MO-32-31 x 32-31-01A(C) Landing Gear Control and 20800022.9001001 07 MAR 22
Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Criteria: K0402, P6578, SA
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008975 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
MO-32-31 32-31-02A Landing Gear Retracting 00008977.0001001 26 FEB 21
System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
R MO-32-32 32-32-02A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock 00008978.0002001 07 MAR 22
Absorber Proximity Detector
Criteria: J0376, SA
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted by TDU: 20800025 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-33-01-02 33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT 00008954.0001001 01 OCT 18
BELTS SIGNS selector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-33-01-02 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO 00008955.0001001 11 MAR 10
SMOKING SIGNS selector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB
MO-33-01-02 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO 00008955.0003001 11 MAR 10
PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE signs
selector
Criteria: P8241, P9508, SA
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-33-20 33-20-01A Cabin General Illumination 00021658.0001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-33-20 33-20-03A Lavatory Sign (Return to seat) 00008956.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-33-40 33-40-04A Landing light 00008957.0001001 11 MAR 10
Extension/Retraction System
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-33-40 33-40-08A Beacon light 00008958.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: K0064, SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-34-01-01 34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw 00008926.0001001 17 SEP 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-01-01 34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw 00008927.0001001 17 SEP 10
Criteria: P5253
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-01-01 34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector 00020760.0001001 22 NOV 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-05 34-05-06A Vertical Speed in Inertial 00020762.0001001 15 FEB 18
Mode Indication on the PFD
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-05 34-05-07A Other Air Data Related 00008951.0001001 23 AUG 17
Indications on the PFD
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-05 34-05-08A Attitude Indication on the PFD 00008953.0001001 22 NOV 16
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-05 34-05-09A Heading Indication On the 00020764.0001001 15 FEB 18
PFD
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-06 34-06-01A Ground Speed Indication on 00020765.0001001 15 FEB 18
the ND
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-06 34-06-02A True Air Speed Indication on 00020766.0001001 15 FEB 18
the ND
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-06 34-06-03A Wind Indication on the ND 00020767.0001001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-06 34-06-04A Heading Indication on the ND 00020768.0001001 15 FEB 18
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-34-06 34-06-05A Position (Aircraft Symbol) 00020769.0001001 15 FEB 18
Indication on the ND
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-35-01-01 35-01-01-31B MANUAL Control of the 00008882.0001001 04 NOV 14
MASK MAN ON pb
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-01-01 35-01-01-33A HI ALT LANDING pb-sw 00008884.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: P4023
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
MO-35-07 35-07-01A Crew OXY High Pressure 00008921.0001001 03 MAY 17
Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-07 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL 00008924.0002001 27 NOV 15
1(2)(1+2) LO PR Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
Criteria: K17059, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-10 35-10-03A Exterior Crew Oxygen 00008910.0001001 11 MAR 10
Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green
Disc)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-20 35-20-01B Passenger Oxygen Unit 00008911.0001001 04 NOV 14
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-20 35-20-02B Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit 00008912.0001001 04 NOV 14
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-20 35-20-04A Galley Oxygen Unit (cabin 00008914.0001001 11 MAR 10
attendant oxygen unit available near the
galley)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-20 35-20-04B Galley Oxygen Unit (cabin 00008915.0001001 18 MAR 10
attendant portable oxygen device
available near the galley)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-35-30 35-30-01A Portable Oxygen Unit 00021899.0001001 30 APR 21
(non-required units inoperative or
missing)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-36-11 36-11-01A(E) Engine Bleed Air Supply 00008868.0009001 24 JUN 19
System (non-ETOPS flights)
Criteria: LEAP-1A, K17996, P11819, P14629, P14826, A320, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA
MO-36-11 36-11-01A(E) Engine Bleed Air Supply 00008868.0012001 24 JUN 19
System (non-ETOPS flights)
Criteria: 21-1223, LEAP-1A, K0066, P11819, P14629, P14826, A320
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MO-36-11 36-11-01B(F) Engine Bleed Air Supply 00008869.0009001 24 JUN 19
System (ETOPS flights)
Criteria: LEAP-1A, K17996, P11819, P14629, P14826, A320, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD,
PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS,
PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA
MO-36-11 36-11-01B(F) Engine Bleed Air Supply 00008869.0011001 24 JUN 19
System (ETOPS flights)
Criteria: 21-1223, LEAP-1A, K0066, P11819, P14629, P14826, A320
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
MO-36-11 36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve 00008870.0002001 27 NOV 15
Criteria: LEAP-1A, SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-36-11 36-11-07B Engine Bleed HP Valve 00008872.0001001 11 MAR 10
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-36-12 36-12-01A APU Bleed Air Supply System 00021637.0001001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-36-12 36-12-02A APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative 00008878.0001001 03 MAY 17
in the closed position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-36-12 36-12-02B(C) APU Bleed Valve 00018564.0001001 18 FEB 16
(Inoperative in the open position)
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-36-12 36-12-04A Automatic control of the X 00008879.0001001 13 MAY 15
Bleed Valve
Criteria: SA
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-46-11 46-11-01A Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) 00021727.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-11 46-11-01B Eletronic Flight Bag (EFB) 20800077.9001001 01 OCT 18
Criteria:
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-11 46-11-02A EFB Docking Station 00021729.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRN, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA,
PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG
MO-46-11 46-11-02B EFB Docking Station 20800019.9001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria:
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRN, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA,
PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG
MO-46-11 46-11-04A EFB Power Outlet 00021731.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-11 46-11-04B EFB Power Outlet 20800023.9001001 26 FEB 21
Criteria:
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-11 46-11-06A EFB Mounting Device 00021733.0001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-11 46-11-06B EFB Mounting Device 20800024.9001001 26 OCT 20
Criteria:
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-21 46-21-01A Air Traffic Service Unit 00021803.0001001 01 AUG 18
(procedures do not require ATC
datalink)
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-21 46-21-01B Air Traffic Service Unit 00021802.0001001 01 AUG 18
(procedures require ATC datalink)
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-21 46-21-03B(C) ATC MSG pb 00021809.0001001 30 APR 21
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: ALL
MO-46-21 46-21-02B & 46-21-04A ATC Datalink 00021805.0001001 16 MAR 20
(procedures do not require ATC
datalink)
Criteria: P4502
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-49-10 49-10-01A(B)(C) Power Plant (APU) 00008864.0001001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-52-01-01 52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the 00021883.0001001 21 NOV 17
CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: ALL
MO-52-01-01 52-01-01-02A STRIKE (TOP, MID, 00021884.0001001 21 NOV 17
BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT
Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7755, K7790
Applicable to: ALL
MO-52-01-02 52-01-02-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the 00008839.0001001 21 MAR 10
CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead
Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-52-01-02 52-01-02-02A STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) 00008840.0001001 21 MAR 10
LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP
Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-52-01-03 52-01-03-01A CTL pb FAULT light on the 00008841.0001001 11 MAR 10
CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-52-01-03 52-01-03-02A CTL pb OPEN light on the 00008842.0001001 11 MAR 10
CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-52-01-03 52-01-03-31A CTL pb on the CKPT 00008843.0001001 01 OCT 18
DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Criteria: K7919
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
MO-52-07 52-07-01A Cabin Door Permanently 00008846.0001001 01 OCT 18
Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD
page (SLIDE ARMED light operative)
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: ALL
MO-52-07 52-07-01B(C)(D) Cabin Door 00008847.0001001 01 OCT 18
Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED
light may be permanently illuminated)
Criteria: A320
Applicable to: ALL
Continued on the following page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-56-10 56-10-01A(B)(C)(D) Front Windshield 00008835.0001001 11 FEB 15
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-71-09 71-09-01A ENG 1(2) FAN COWL NOT 00016127.0001001 27 NOV 15
CLSD Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MO-71-13 71-13-01A Fan Cowl Loss Prevention 00020774.0001001 22 NOV 16
Mechanical System
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-73-20 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground 00008834.0024001 12 DEC 12
Criteria: LEAP-1A, J3283, J3448
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-74-07 74-07-01A Selected Igniter Indication on 00008832.0002001 20 AUG 19
the ENGINE SD page
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MO-74-31 74-31-01A Ignition System A 00008828.0008001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: CFMI
Applicable to: ALL
MO-74-31 74-31-02A Ignition System B 00008829.0008001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-75-24 75-24-03A Low Pressure Turbine Active 00023482.0001001 19 NOV 19
Clearance Control (LPTACC) Valve
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
MO-75-24 75-24-04A High Pressure Turbine Active 00023483.0001001 19 NOV 19
Clearance Control (HPTACC) Valve
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-78-09 78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL 00016117.0001001 27 NOV 15
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted by TDU: 20800027 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
N MO-78-09 x 78-09-01A(C) ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL 20800027.9001001 07 MAR 22
FAULT Alert
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00016117 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
MO-78-30 78-30-01A(B) Thrust Reverser 00008825.0009001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A, J3283, P11819, A320
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA,
PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted by TDU: 20800028 Thrust Reverser
Impacted by TDU: 20800029 Thrust Reverser (ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert displayed)
MO-78-30 78-30-01A(B) Thrust Reverser 00008825.0011001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A, P11819, A321
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
Impacted by TDU: 20800028 Thrust Reverser
Impacted by TDU: 20800029 Thrust Reverser (ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert displayed)
N MO-78-30 x 78-30-01A(D) Thrust Reverser 20800028.9001001 07 MAR 22
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A, J3283, P11819, A320
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008825 Thrust Reverser
N MO-78-30 x 78-30-01B(E) Thrust Reverser 20800029.9001001 07 MAR 22
Criteria: CFMI, LEAP-1A, J3283, P11819, A320
Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008825 Thrust Reverser
MO-78-30 78-30-04B Thrust Reverser Door Tertiary 00016133.0002001 14 JUN 16
Lock
Criteria: LEAP-1A
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MO-80-11 80-11-01A Start Valve 00008815.0001001 03 MAY 17
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information
(1)
M Localization DU Title DU identification DU date
N MI-32-31 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface 20800004.9001004 07 MAR 22
Unit (LGCIU)
Criteria:
Applicable to: PR-YJF, PR-YSI
Impacted DU: 00007688 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
N MI-32-31 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface 20800004.9001002 07 MAR 22
Unit (LGCIU)
Criteria:
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF,
PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU,
PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ,
PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted DU: 00007688 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
N MI-32-32 32-32-02 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber 20800005.9001003 07 MAR 22
Proximity Detector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted DU: 00007694 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
N MI-32-32 32-32-02 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber 20800005.9001004 07 MAR 22
Proximity Detector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJF, PR-YSI
Impacted DU: 00007694 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
N MI-32-32 32-32-03 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber 20800007.9001003 07 MAR 22
Proximity Detector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJF, PR-YSI
Impacted DU: 00007695 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
N MI-32-32 32-32-03 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber 20800007.9001002 07 MAR 22
Proximity Detector
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE,
PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT,
PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted DU: 00007695 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
Continued on the following page
This table gives, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between:
- The Manufacturing Serial Number (MSN).
- The Fleet Serial Number (FSN) of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The registration number of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The aircraft model.
(1)
M MSN FSN Registration Number Model
07175 PR-YYL 320-251N
07186 PR-YRA 320-251N
07283 PR-YRB 320-251N
07291 PR-YRC 320-251N
07323 PR-YYK 320-251N
07354 PR-YRD 320-251N
07386 PR-YRE 320-251N
07409 PR-YRF 320-251N
07484 PR-YYJ 320-251N
07494 PR-YRH 320-251N
07514 PR-YYI 320-251N
07521 PR-YRI 320-251N
07698 PR-YYH 320-251N
07799 PR-YYG 320-251N
07828 PR-YRJ 320-251N
07854 PR-YYE 320-251N
07856 PR-YYD 320-251N
07918 PR-YYB 320-251N
07960 PR-YRK 320-251N
07995 PR-YYC 320-251N
08005 PR-YRL 320-251N
08059 PR-YRN 320-253N
08084 PR-YYF 320-251N
08086 PR-YYA 320-251N
Continued on the following page
(1)
M CRITERION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
K6461 26 JAN 16 LIGHTS-EMERGENCY LIGHTING-INTRODUCE LED
EXIT SIGNS
Applicable to: ALL
P10239 29 MAR 16 NAVIGATION - TCAS - REMOVE HONEYWELL
STANDARD TCAS II- CHANGE 7 TPA-100A AND
ASSOCIATED ANTENNAS
Applicable to: ALL
P5465 17 OCT 16 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL
CLOCK- INSTALL AIR PRECISION P/N APE5100-1
CAPABLE OF GPS TIME
Applicable to: ALL
P6801 26 JAN 16 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - FWC - INSTALL
FWC STANDARD H2E4
Applicable to: ALL
G1246 11 JUN 18 AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - GENERAL -
RETURN TO PREVIOUS STANDARD (APS3200)
AFTER HONEYWELL APU STANDARDIZATION
Applicable to: PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC,
PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSH
J0006 26 JAN 16 FUEL SYSTEM - ADDITIONAL TREATMENT OF
CENTRE TANK STRUCTURE AND INSTALLATION OF
CENTRE TANK SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
J0012 26 JAN 16 NAVIGATION LIGHTS SYSTEM - INSTALLATION OF A
SECOND NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
J0022 05 JUN 19 INSTALLATION OF A FUEL QUANTITY SELECTOR IN
THE FLIGHT COMPARTMENT
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
J0071 10 MAY 16 WING STRUCTURE-INTRODUCTION OF A WING TIP
INCORPORATING A TIP FENCE FOR 72T MTOW A/C
Applicable to: ALL
J0376 26 JAN 16 LANDING GEAR-DELETION OF REDUNDANT TEST
PUSH BUTTON WIRING
Applicable to: ALL
J0680 07 JAN 19 MAIN LANDING GEAR-A321,82,2T M.T.O.W.
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD
J0739 26 JAN 16 MLG - INTRODUCTION OF TORQUE LINK APEX
DAMPERS
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK,
PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC,
PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Continued on the following page
387
Intentionally left blank
388
HOW TO USE
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Foreword.................................................................................................................................................................. A
MEL Contents.......................................................................................................................................................... B
Documentary Unit (DU)........................................................................................................................................... C
MEL Revision Management.................................................................................................................................... D
Removal of Item...................................................................................................................................................... E
How to Use the MEL Entries Section?....................................................................................................................F
How to Use the MEL Items Section?..................................................................................................................... G
How to Use the MEL Operational Procedures Section?.........................................................................................H
Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL) .................................................................................I
Performance-Based Navigation (PBN).....................................................................................................................J
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)..................................................................................................... K
ATC Datalink Communication..................................................................................................................................L
Abbreviations........................................................................................................................................................... M
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
FOREWORD
Ident.: HOW-00012802.0001001 / 01 OCT 18
Applicable to: ALL
The Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) is a reference manual published in English. It is
approved by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). The MMEL must be used as a reference
by the Operator to develop its MEL.
This MEL takes into account the specific configuration of each aircraft of the Operator's fleet. The
aircraft validity is managed at Documentary Unit (DU) level. Refer to HOW Documentary Unit (DU)
This MEL is produced in XML format and can be published in PDF format and in electronic format for
electronic consultation on EFB.
Airbus also proposes a set of tools to create and publish the Operator’s MEL based on the MMEL.
MEL CONTENTS
Ident.: HOW-00012804.0001001 / 17 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
This MEL is made of Documentary Units (DU). The DUs contain the technical data.
In the MEL, a DU can be:
‐ An ECAM alert,
‐ An MEL item,
‐ An MEL operational procedure.
The List of Effective Documentary Units (LEDU) lists all the DUs that constitute this MEL.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The DUs are arranged into sections and subsections (also called PSL). The List of Effective
Sections/Subsections (LESS) lists all the subsections that constitute this MEL. The subsections
contain the DUs.
DU IDENTIFICATION STRIP
In the PDF format, below the title of the DU, the grey identification strip indicates for each DU:
‐ The DU identification (Ident.). Each DU is identified by its unique identification number. This DU
identification is used to cross-refer to the LEDU.
‐ The DU date. For approved DUs (MEL items DU), this date corresponds to the approval date
by the EASA of the MMEL revision. For non-approved DUs, this date corresponds to the date of
release of the DU by Airbus.
‐ The "Applicable to" field that lists the aircraft to which the DU applies.
Note: 0012-0220 means that the DU applies to all MSNs (listed in the AAT) from MSN 0012
up to and including MSN 0220.
In the electronic format, the same information is available by selecting the “DOC REF” option in
the INFO drop down list. The electronic format also displays the “Criteria” field that indicates the
aircraft configuration to which the DU applies.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS (LEDU)
For each DU, the LEDU indicates the following information:
‐ The “M” field that may indicate the following Evolution Code:
• The “E” letter indicates an aircraft validity change of the DU. The list of aircraft to which the
DU applies has changed compared to the previous MEL revision, by addition or deletion of
one or several aircraft.
• The “N” letter indicates a new DU added by this MEL revision.
• The “R” letter indicates a revised DU. The content of the DU is updated by this MEL revision.
‐ The "Localization" field that is the identification of the subsection that contains the DU. In the
PDF format, this cross-refers to the page footer, which permits the user to localize the DU within
the manual.
‐ The DU title.
‐ The DU identification (Ident.). Each DU is identified by its unique identification number. This DU
identification is used to cross-refer to the LEDU.
‐ The DU date. For approved DUs (MEL items DU), this date corresponds to the approval date
by the EASA of the MMEL revision. For non-approved DUs, this date corresponds to the date of
release of the DU by Airbus.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
‐ The criteria: This field indicates the aircraft configuration to which the DU applies.
‐ The "Applicable to" field that lists the aircraft to which the DU applies.
Note: 0012-0220 means that the DU applies to all MSNs (listed in the AAT) from MSN 0012
up to and including MSN 0220.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
After incorporating the new revision with the Filling Instructions, the manual organization must
correspond to the LESS.
The Filling Instructions only exist in the PDF format.
Each PDF page footer indicates the subsection identification and the subsection issue date for
cross-reference with the Filling Instructions. Therefore the manual holder can use the Filling
Instructions to update the paper MEL and to identify the latest revised subsections.
HIGHLIGHTS AND REVISION MARKS
In the PDF format, a vertical bar in the margin of the DU identifies the modified part. Each vertical
bar has a numerical index that refers to the associated reason of the change in the Summary of
Highlights (SOH).
The SOH lists all the changes and associated reasons of the change (if necessary) that the
revision has inserted.
In electronic consultation, the vertical bar is available by selecting the “REV MARKS” option in the
INFO drop down list. The user can display the associated reason of the change by clicking on the
bar.
AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE (AAT)
The AAT indicates the list of aircraft that are taken into account in this MEL. For each aircraft, the
AAT indicates the following information:
‐ The MSN number,
‐ The Fleet Serial Number (FSN) of the aircraft as known by Airbus,
‐ The registration number of the aircraft as known by Airbus,
‐ The aircraft model.
The “M” field may indicate the following Evolution Code:
‐ The “N” letter indicates a new aircraft added by this MEL revision,
‐ The “R” letter indicates a change of the FSN or registration number or aircraft model.
LIST OF MODIFICATIONS (LOM)
The LOM lists the criteria (Modification Proposals (MP) and Service Bulletins (SB)) which the
installation on the aircraft affects the MEL.
The LOM also indicates:
‐ The title of the criteria,
‐ The date of incorporation of the criteria in the MEL,
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
REMOVAL OF ITEM
Ident.: HOW-00012809.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
When operating under MEL, it is not permitted to remove the item from its place in the aircraft, unless
the associated dispatch condition clearly authorizes the Operator to do it.
This section lists all the ECAM alerts. The ECAM monitors the condition of some systems. In the
case of malfunction of one or more systems, the ECAM provides the flight crew with an associated
ECAM alert. Refer to MI-00-08 ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS.
For each ECAM alert, this section indicates the associated MEL item (if any) to be applied for the
dispatch.
When an ECAM alert reports a system failure, the flight crew and the maintenance personnel should
refer to this section as a user-friendly entry point in the MEL.
AIRCRAFT STATUS COLUMN
An ECAM alert may cover one or several failure modes of the monitored system.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
For each failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column may indicate the following status:
‐ NIL : When there is only one failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
indicates NIL.
When there are several failure modes, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
might give a short description of each failure mode and/or a simple way
to identify each failure mode. If the MEL does not give this information,
the column displays NIL.
‐ Actual alert : This indicates that the monitored system is inoperative. The failure mode
is the failure of the monitored system.
‐ False alert : This indicates that the monitoring system is inoperative. The failure
mode is the failure of the monitoring system. The monitored system
remains fully operative.
The Operator is responsible for identifying the failure mode.
CONDITION OF DISPATCH COLUMN
For each failure mode, the CONDITION OF DISPATCH column gives the applicable MEL item(s)
for dispatch. But the flight crew is responsible for checking that the condition of the aircraft
systems/components complies with the MEL requirements. If not, the dispatch of the
aircraft is not permitted.
The CONDITION OF DISPATCH column may also give the following alternate possibilities:
‐ NO DISPATCH : It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft when the ECAM displays this
alert.
‐ Not related to MEL : The ECAM alert does not report a system failure but a reversible
abnormal condition such as the state of a system or an aircraft
configuration or an external condition. This condition is not a system
failure and is not related to MEL. The MEL shall not be used.
This is not a NO-GO situation. The corrective action to revert to normal
condition is immediate, obvious or well known by flight crew and/or
maintenance personnel.
‐ Pre or Post MOD : Contact MCC to know the list of aircrafts pre and post modification or
access: ADDOCS/Diretoria Técnica/Engenharia
This section lists the equipment, components, systems or functions that are safety-related and that
are temporarily permitted to be inoperative at departure provided that the Operator complies with the
associated MEL requirements.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: One single computer may include several functions. The corresponding MEL item is either:
‐ The computer: The MEL does not consider the loss of a single function. In this case,
when one function is inoperative, the Operator must consider that the computer is
inoperative.
‐ Each function separately. In this case, if several functions are inoperative, the Operator
must apply all the related MEL items.
ITEM NUMBERING
A code of three pairs of digits or four pairs of digits identifies each MEL item.
The three first digits of this numbering system follow the ATA Spec 2200.
For practical reasons, the second pair of digits also follows the below Airbus organization:
‐ 00 refers to maintenance messages on the STATUS SD page,
‐ 01 refers to items located on the overhead panels,
‐ 05 refers to indications on the PFD,
‐ 06 refers to indications on the ND,
‐ 07 refers to indications on the SD pages,
‐ 08 refers to indications on the EWD,
‐ 09 refers to ECAM alerts,
‐ 10 to 95 follows the ATA Spec 2200 (first digit only).
The last pair of digits is the item rank. The item rank complies with the following Airbus
organization rules:
‐ Item ranks from 01 to 49 are for Airbus MMEL items.
For items on the overhead panels:
• Item ranks from 01 to 29 refer to lights,
• Item ranks from 31 to 49 refer to pushbutton switches and selectors.
‐ Item ranks from 50 to 99 are for Operator's MEL items.
DISPATCH CONDITIONS
The dispatch conditions indicate (for each applicable item) the suitable conditions, limitations
(placards, operational procedures, maintenance procedures) necessary to ensure that an
acceptable level of safety is maintained.
Some MEL items may have several dispatch conditions. Each dispatch condition offers a different
option to dispatch the aircraft.
A reference identifies each dispatch condition.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
EXAMPLE
Dispatch condition reference 27-10-01C:
‐ 27-10-01 corresponds to the item number,
‐ The letter "C" identifies the dispatch condition within the item 27-10-01.
Note: If an Operator receives only the dispatch conditions 27-10-01B and
27-10-01D, this means that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and
27-10-01C do not apply to the Operator’s fleet (this does not mean
that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and 27-10-01C are missing
from the MEL).
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
NBR INSTALLED
Each dispatch condition has a “number installed” that specifies the quantity of equipment,
components, systems or functions installed on the aircraft.
This quantity corresponds to the aircraft type certified configuration and, therefore required for
all flight conditions, unless otherwise indicated in the “number required” in conjunction with the
provisos of the dispatch condition.
NBR REQUIRED
Each dispatch condition has a “number required” that specifies the minimum quantity of
equipment, components, systems or functions that must be operative for dispatch in accordance
with the provisos of the dispatch condition.
A dash symbol indicates that a variable quantity is required for dispatch. When possible, the
Operator may replace the dash symbol by the quantity required.
When the Number Installed (NBR INSTALLED) coincides with the Number Required (NBR
REQUIRED), it means that the aircraft cannot be dispatched with the system, function, instrument,
equipment or component inoperative. Exceptions to this definition may be present in the MEL,
with clear identification of system, function, instrument, equipment, component or condictions for
dispatch. Release of such exceptions must follow the description at requirement field.
PLACARD
In the PDF format, the "YES" in the "Placard" column indicates the request for a placard. In the
electronic format, the "PLACARD" symbol indicates the request for a placard.
The control(s), and/or indicator(s) related to inoperative equipment, component, system or function
should be clearly placarded to inform the flight crew, cabin crew or ground crew members of the
equipment condition.
However, the absence of placard request in the MEL does not prevent the Operator from
placarding.
The Operator should determine:
‐ The placard wording and location unless the MEL dispatch condition requires a specific wording
and location.
‐ The personnel (maintenance and/or flight crew) authorized to placard items.
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The dispatch condition may require an operational or maintenance procedure to ensure an
acceptable level of safety.
The (o) symbol identifies an operational procedure.
The (m) symbol identifies a maintenance procedure.
The (o)(m) symbol means that the dispatch condition requires both an operational procedure and a
maintenance procedure.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The Operator is responsible to ensure that all operational and maintenance procedures are
appropriately performed regardless of who performs the procedures.
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE
The (o) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific operational procedure to
permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the operational procedure may be:
‐ To require the flight crew or cabin crew to perform action(s),
‐ To provide limitations or performance penalties,
‐ To provide useful information to the crew.
The flight crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
The operational procedure must be applied before each flight. However, the dispatch condition
might specify a different periodicity. In this case this operational procedure must be applied
before the first MEL dispatch and must be repeated at the defined periodicity.
The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew
has to apply the part of the operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.
Qualified flight crew or qualified cabin crew usually performs the operational procedures.
However other qualified personnel can also perform the operational procedures. But the flight
crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
The (m) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific maintenance procedure
to permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the maintenance procedure may be:
‐ To deactivate a system,
‐ To check a system.
The maintenance procedure is normally a one-time action that must be applied before the first
MEL dispatch. However the dispatch condition may specify a periodicity for repetitive actions. In
this case the maintenance procedure must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and must be
repeated at the defined periodicity.
Qualified maintenance personnel usually perform the maintenance procedures. However other
qualified and authorized personnel can also perform some actions if approved by the Operator’s
National Authority. But only qualified maintenance personnel can perform procedures that
require specialized knowledge or skill, or that require the use of tools or test equipment.
The MEL maintenance procedures are published in the AMM. The MEL item number should be
used to find the associated AMM task.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: 1. The MEL item indicates the associated AMM task reference. However using the
AMM task reference is not the recommended method to find the task in the AMM.
The MEL item number should be used instead.
2. The MEL item might indicate “Refer to AMM task” instead of the AMM task
reference. This indicates that the MEL item is associated with several AMM tasks.
The maintenance personnel should consult the AMM to find the applicable AMM
task.
NOTES
There are three levels of notes:
‐ Notes at the level of the item: these notes appear below the item title and before the first
dispatch condition of this item. These notes apply to all the dispatch conditions of the item.
‐ Notes at the level of the dispatch condition: these notes appear at the end of the dispatch
condition. These notes apply only to this dispatch condition.
‐ Notes at the level of the proviso: these notes appear within a proviso. These notes apply only to
this proviso.
REFERENCES
The references assist the Operator in complying with MEL requirements. However, as indicated in
the preamble of this MEL (Refer to MI-00-03 Criteria for Dispatch), the Operator is still responsible
for determining the applicable interrelationships and associated requirements.
References are used in the following cases:
‐ To permit the aircraft dispatch, another item has to be considered inoperative, or
‐ Another source of information has to be reviewed and associated restrictions, and/or
procedures must be applied (e.g. ″Refer to FCOM″, or ″Refer to Weight and Balance Manual″),
or
‐ To redirect to the applicable MEL item. In that case, the referred relevant MEL item must be
entered and the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the respective (o)
and (m) procedures if any.
PRE OR POST MOD
Contact MCC to know the list of aircrafts pre and post modification or access: ADDOCS/Diretoria
Técnica/Engenharia
This section lists the operational procedures associated with the MEL items. The dispatch conditions
may require an operational procedure to permit the dispatch of the aircraft.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew has to
apply the part of the operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.
The operational procedures may also have the following parts:
‐ General Information : This part includes all information that the pilots must know due to
MEL condition.
‐ Flight : This part groups all the limitations due to MEL condition that the pilots
Preparation/Limitation must consider for the route selection and flight preparation.
This part also includes aircraft performance penalties that should be
used if no performance software is available with the current failure
case.
‐ Procedure to be : The Operator has to develop its own operational procedure in the
developed in the MEL.
Operator's MEL
‐ Pre or Post MOD : Contact MCC to know the list of aircrafts pre and post modification or
access: ADDOCS/Diretoria Técnica/Engenharia
When the landing capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the maximum landing capability.
The required equipment by certification for CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE and CAT 3 DUAL are also listed in
the Flight Manual (Refer to AFM/NORM-22-PA Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT III Approach
and Landing) and the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
The equipment to be operative to get CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, or CAT 3 DUAL capability displayed on
the FMAs are listed in the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
Regarding operation, the following table presents the list of required equipment for CAT 2 operation,
based on MEL item number:
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
When an inoperative item affects the RNAV / RNP capability of the aircraft, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RNAV / RNP limitations.
The minimum equipment/functions required for the RNAV / RNP operations are also listed in the
FCOM:
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 10 / RNP 10 - Required RNAV 10 Equipment
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 5 / BRNAV - Required RNAV 5 Equipment
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 1 RNAV 2 / P-RNAV - Terminal RNAV - Required RNAV 1(2)
Equipment
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP 4 - Required RNP 4 Equipment
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP 2 in Oceanic and Remote Continental Area - Required RNP 2
in Oceanic and Remote Continental Area Equipment
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
When the RVSM capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RVSM limitations.
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The minimum equipment/functions required to begin RVSM operations are listed in the Flight Manual
(Refer to AFM/NORM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)) and FCOM (Refer to
FCOM/PRO-SPO-50 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)).
Regarding operation, the following table presents the list of required equipment for RVSM operation,
based on MEL item number.
Equipment Required
Equipment Installed MEL
RVSM
ADR + 3 34-10-02 and 34-10-03 2 ADR +
DMC 3 31-62-01, 31-62-02 and 31-62-03 2 DMC
ATC Transponder 2 34-50-01A 1
Autopilot Function 2 22-10-01B, 22-05-01 and 22-10-06 1
1
(for altitude target
FCU Channel 2 22-81-03-01A and 22-81-03-01B selection and OP
CLB/OP DES
mode engagement)
2
PFD 2 31-63-02A (PFDU 2) PFD Functions (for
altitude indication)
Altitude Alert 2 31-53-06 1
1
FWC 2 31-53-01A (for altitude
alert function)
When an inoperative item affects the performance and operations supported by datalink, the
associated MEL operational procedure provides this limitation.
The different applications and required performance of ATC datalink communication are described in
FCOM:
‐ Refer to FCOM/DSC-46-10-Datalink-10-Overview
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-52-PBCS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ABBREVIATIONS
Ident.: HOW-00012817.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
A
Abbreviation Term
A/C Aircraft
A/THR Autothrust
AAP Additional Attendant Panel
AAT Aircraft Allocation Table
ABCU Alternate Braking Control Unit
AC Alternating Current
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
ACFT Aircraft
ACMS Aircraft Condition Monitoring System
ACOC Air Cooled Oil Cooler
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACT Additional Center Tank
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADIRS Air Data Inertial Reference System
ADIRU Air Data Inertial Reference Unit
ADR Air Data Reference
ADS-B Automatic Dependent Surveillance — Broadcast
ADS-C Automatic Dependent Surveillance Contract
AEVC Avionic Equipment Ventilation Controller
AGL Above Ground Level
AIP Attendant Indication Panel
ALT Altitude
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
AOA Angle of Attack
AOC Airline Operational Control
AP Autopilot
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ARPT Airport
ATA Air Transport Association
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATSAW Airborne Traffic Situational Awareness
ATSU Air Traffic Service Unit
ATT Attitude
AUTO Automatic
AVNCS Avionics
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
B
Abbreviation Term
B/UP Backup
BAT Battery
BCL Battery Charge Limiter
BMC Bleed Air Monitoring Computer
BSCU Braking Steering Control Unit
BTMU Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit
C
Abbreviation Term
C/B Circuit Breaker
CAM Cabin Assignment Module
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
CCD Cursor Control Device
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CDLS Cockpit Door Locking System
CDSS Cockpit Door Surveillance System
CDU Control Display Unit
CFDIU Centralized Fault Data Interface Unit
CFDS Centralized Fault Display System
CG Center of Gravity
CIDS Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CL Climb
CLB Climb
COND Conditioning
CONF Configuration
CPC Cabin Pressure Controller
CPDLC Controller-Pilot Data Link Communication
CTL Control
CTR Center
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
D
Abbreviation Term
D-ATIS Digital - Automatic Terminal Information Service
DAC Double Annular Combustor
DAR Digital AIDS Recorder
DC Direct Current
DCDU Datalink Control and Display Unit
Continued on the following page
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
E
Abbreviation Term
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
ECAS Emergency Cockpit Alerting System
ECP ECAM Control Panel
ECU Engine Control Unit
EDP Engine Driven Pump
EEC Engine Electronic Controller
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
EHS Enhanced Surveillance System
EIU Engine Interface Unit
ELAC Elevator Aileron Computer
ELEC Electric
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMCD Electronic Magnetic Chip Detector
ENG Engine
EPR Engine Pressure Ratio
ESS Essential
ETOPS Extended Range Twin Engined Aircraft Operations
EVMU Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
EWD Engine Warning Display
EWDU Engine Warning Display Unit
F
Abbreviation Term
F/O First Officer
FAC Flight Augmentation Computer
Continued on the following page
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
G
Abbreviation Term
G/S Glideslope
GAPCU Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GLS GNSS Landing System
GND Ground
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPCU Ground Power Control Unit
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GW Gross Weight
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
H
Abbreviation Term
HF High Frequency
HP High Pressure
HPTACC High Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control
HUD Head Up Display
HYD Hydraulics
I
Abbreviation Term
IAS Indicated Airspeed
ICV Isolation Control Valve
IDG Integrated Drive Generator
IFE In-Flight Entertainment
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IP Intermediate Pressure
IR Inertial Reference
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISB Inspection Service Bulletin
ISIS Integrated Standby Instrument System
J
Abbreviation Term
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities
L
Abbreviation Term
L/G Landing Gear
LAF Load Alleviation Function
LED Light Emitting Diode
LEDU List of Effective Documentary Units
LESS List of Effective Sections/Subsections
LGCIU Landing Gear Control Interface Unit
LH Left Hand
LOM List of Modifications
LP Low Pressure
LVDT Linear Variable Differential Transformer
LVR CLB Lever Climb
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
M
Abbreviation Term
MAN Manual
MCDU Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
MCT Maximum Continuous Thrust
MDDU Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MES Main Engine Start
MLS Microwave Landing System
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MMI Manual Magnetic Indicator
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMR Multi Mode Receiver
MOD Modification
MP Modification Proposal
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTO Maximum Take-Off
MTOW Maximum Takeoff Weight
N
Abbreviation Term
NAV Navigation
ND Navigation Display
NDU Navigation Display Unit
NWS Nose Wheel Steering
O
Abbreviation Term
OANS On-board Airport Navigation System
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCL Oceanic Clearance
OEB Operations Engineering Bulletin
OEI One Engine Inoperative
OP CLB Open Climb
P
Abbreviation Term
P/N Part Number
PAX Passenger
PB Push-Button
PB-SW Push-Button Switch
Continued on the following page
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Q
Abbreviation Term
QAR Quick Access Recorder
QCCU Quantity Calculation Control Unit
QNH Sea Level Atmospheric Pressure
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
R
Abbreviation Term
RA Radio Altitude
RAT Ram Air Turbine
RCP Required Communication Performance
RH Right Hand
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RMP Radio Management Panel
RNP Required Navigation Performance
ROP Runway Overrun Protection
ROW Runway Overrun Warning
RSP Required Surveillance Performance
RTO Rejected Takeoff
RTOW Regulatory Takeoff Weight
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
S
Abbreviation Term
SAC Single Annular Combustor
SAT Static Air Temperature
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SB Service Bulletin
SD System Display
SDAC System Data Acquisition Concentrator
SDCU Smoke Detection Control Unit
SDF Smoke Detection Function
SDU System Display Unit
SEC Spoiler Elevator Computer
SFCC Slat/Flap Control Computer
SFCS Slat/Flap Control System
SOH Summary of Highlights
STBY Standby
SW Switch
T
Abbreviation Term
T/O Takeoff
TACC Turbine Active Clearance Control
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCA Throttle Control Assy
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
TCC Turbine Case Cooling
TLC Takeoff and Landing Chart Computation Program
TOC Table of Contents
TOGA Takeoff/Go Around
TOW Takeoff Weight
TPIC Tire Pressure Indicating Computer
TR Transformer Rectifier Unit
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
U
Abbreviation Term
UTC Universal Coordinated Time
V
Abbreviation Term
V1 Critical Engine Failure Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VAPP Approach Speed
VCC Video Control Center
VENT Ventilation
VFE Maximum Speed for each Flap Configuration
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Max Landing Gear Extended Speed
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in Flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VMU Minimum Unstick Speed
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VS Reference Stalling Speed
VSB Vender Service Bulletin
W
Abbreviation Term
WBS Weight and Balance System
WTB Wing Tip Brake
X
Abbreviation Term
XML Extensible Mark-up Language
Z
Abbreviation Term
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
Zp Pressure Altitude
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
421
Intentionally left blank
422
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME-23 Communications
COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT...........................................................................................................................................A
COM HF 1(2) DATA FAULT................................................................................................................................... B
COM HF 1(2) EMITTING........................................................................................................................................ C
COM SATCOM DATA FAULT................................................................................................................................ D
COM SATCOM FAULT........................................................................................................................................... E
COM SINGLE PTT STUCK.....................................................................................................................................F
COM VHF 3 DATA FAULT..................................................................................................................................... G
COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING..................................................................................................................................H
ME-34 Navigation
NAV ADR DISAGREE............................................................................................................................................. A
NAV ADR 1 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................B
NAV ADR 2 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................C
NAV ADR 3 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................D
NAV ADR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT............................................................................................................................ E
NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT.........................................................................................................................................F
NAV ADS-B TRAF FAULT......................................................................................................................................G
NAV ADS-B RPTG 1(2) FAULT..............................................................................................................................H
NAV ALT DISCREPANCY........................................................................................................................................ I
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY...................................................................................................................................... J
NAV AOA DISAGREE............................................................................................................................................. K
NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2) FAULT.................................................................................................................................. L
NAV ATC/XPDR 1+2 FAULT..................................................................................................................................M
NAV ATC/XPDR STBY........................................................................................................................................... N
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY...................................................................................................................................... O
NAV BARO REF DISCREPANCY...........................................................................................................................P
NAV BARO VALUE DISAGREE............................................................................................................................. Q
NAV BKUP SPD/ALT ON CAPT (F/O) PFD...........................................................................................................R
NAV BKUP SPD/ALT ON CAPT+F/O PFD............................................................................................................ S
NAV CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA FAULT..................................................................................................................... T
NAV L(R) CAPT(F/O) STATIC FAULT................................................................................................................... U
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE.............................................................................................................................. V
NAV GLS 1(2)(1+2) FAULT................................................................................................................................... W
NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT............................................................................................................................................ X
NAV GPWS FAULT.................................................................................................................................................Y
Continued on the following page
ME-36 Pneumatic
AIR APU BLEED FAULT.........................................................................................................................................A
AIR APU BLEED LEAK...........................................................................................................................................B
AIR APU LEAK DET FAULT...................................................................................................................................C
AIR BLEED 1(2) OFF..............................................................................................................................................D
AIR BLEED LEAK....................................................................................................................................................E
AIR ENG 1(2) HP VALVE FAULT...........................................................................................................................F
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR......................................................................................................................G
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT................................................................................................................................ H
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED HI TEMP.............................................................................................................................. I
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK................................................................................................................................... J
AIR ENG 1(2)(1+2) BLEED LO TEMP....................................................................................................................K
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD.......................................................................................................................... L
AIR ENG 1(2) LEAK DET FAULT.......................................................................................................................... M
AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT.................................................................................................................................N
AIR L(R) WING LEAK.............................................................................................................................................O
AIR L(R) WNG LEAK DET FAULT......................................................................................................................... P
AIR X BLEED FAULT............................................................................................................................................. Q
BLEED MONIT SYS 1(2) FAULT........................................................................................................................... R
Continued on the following page
ME-52 Doors
DOOR FWD(AFT)(BULK) CARGO..........................................................................................................................A
DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN..........................................................................................................................................B
DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT.................................................................................................................................C
DOOR L(R) AFT OVERWNG EXIT........................................................................................................................ D
DOOR L(R) AFT OVERWNG FAULT..................................................................................................................... E
DOOR L(R)(FWD)(AFT) AVIONICS........................................................................................................................ F
DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN........................................................................................................................................G
DOOR L(R) FWD EMER EXIT............................................................................................................................... H
DOOR L(R) FWD OVERWNG EXIT.........................................................................................................................I
DOOR L(R) FWD OVERWNG FAULT.................................................................................................................... J
ME-70 Engine
ENG ALL ENGINES FAILURE................................................................................................................................A
ENG THR LEVERS NOT SET................................................................................................................................ B
ENG FUEL CONTAMINATED.................................................................................................................................C
ENG GA SOFT FAULT........................................................................................................................................... D
ENG REV SET........................................................................................................................................................ E
ENG SAT ABOVE FLEX TEMP.............................................................................................................................. F
ENG THRUST LOCKED ........................................................................................................................................G
ENG TYPE DISAGREE...........................................................................................................................................H
ENG 1(2) COMPRESSOR VANE.............................................................................................................................I
ENG 1+2 COMPRESSOR VANE............................................................................................................................ J
ENG 1(2) CTL SYS FAULT.................................................................................................................................... K
ENG 1(2) CTL VALVE FAULT................................................................................................................................ L
ENG 1(2) EGT(FF)(N1)(N2) DISCREPANCY.........................................................................................................M
ENG 1(2) EIU FAULT............................................................................................................................................. N
ENG 1(2) FADEC BLOWER FAULT...................................................................................................................... O
ENG 1(2) FADEC FAULT........................................................................................................................................P
ENG 1(2) FADEC HI TEMP....................................................................................................................................Q
Continued on the following page
559
Intentionally left blank
560
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-00 Preamble
MI-00-01 Approval Reference
MMEL Approval Reference..................................................................................................................................... A
MI-00-07 Definitions
Definitions.................................................................................................................................................................A
MI-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)...................................................................................................................................A
22-30-02 Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb ...................................................................................................... B
22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement Warning........................................................................................................ C
MI-23 Communications
MI-23-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page
23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message...................................................................................................... A
Continued on the following page
MI-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01 Ground External Horn.............................................................................................................................. A
23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System...................................................................................... B
23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack.......................................................................................................................... C
Continued on the following page
MI-23-73-02 DEU A
23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A...................................................................................................................................... A
23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A.................................................................................................................................. B
MI-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B...................................................................................................................................... A
MI-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset..................................................................................................................................A
23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................... B
23-73-06-03 Cabin Handset Key.............................................................................................................................C
Continued on the following page
MI-25-40 Lavatories
25-40-01 Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door................................................................................................ A
25-40-02 Exterior Lavatory Ashtray.........................................................................................................................B
25-40-03 Interior Lavatory Ashtray..........................................................................................................................C
25-40-04 Toilet Waste Compartment Access Door................................................................................................ D
MI-27-92 Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System.................................................................................................................... A
27-92-02 Ground Spoiler Control System............................................................................................................... B
27-92-04 Sidestick Dual Input Visual Warnings......................................................................................................C
27-92-05 Sidestick Dual Input Aural Warning.........................................................................................................D
MI-28 Fuel
MI-28-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page
28-00-01 FUEL MAINTENANCE Message............................................................................................................. A
MI-31-30 Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and Data Recording System
31-30-01 Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)...............................................................................................A
31-30-03 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)....................................................................................................... B
31-30-04 Data Management (DMU or FDIMU Data Management function)...........................................................C
31-30-07 Printer.......................................................................................................................................................D
MI-32-41 Wheels
32-41-01 Nose Wheel Tie Bolt................................................................................................................................A
32-41-02 Main Wheel Tie Bolt................................................................................................................................ B
MI-32-51 Steering
32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering Control System..................................................................................................... A
32-51-02 Rudder PEDALS DISC pb ......................................................................................................................B
32-51-03 NWS Electrical Deactivation Box.............................................................................................................C
32-51-04 PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box............................................................D
MI-33 Lights
MI-33-01 Overhead Panels
MI-33-01-01 ANN LT Overhead Panel
33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT sw............................................................................................................A
33-01-01-02 DIM Function of ANN LT sw.............................................................................................................. B
33-01-01-03 BRT Function of ANN LT sw..............................................................................................................C
MI-34 Navigation
MI-34-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page
34-00-01 ADR MAINTENANCE Message...............................................................................................................A
34-00-02 IR MAINTENANCE Message...................................................................................................................B
34-00-03 RA 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message..........................................................................................................C
Continued on the following page
MI-35 Oxygen
MI-35-01 Overhead Panels
MI-35-01-01 OXYGEN Overhead Panel
35-01-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF light ......................................................................................................A
35-01-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light ..............................................................................................................B
35-01-01-03 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ON light ..................................................................................................... C
35-01-01-31 MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb .................................................................................... D
35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb...........................................................................................E
35-01-01-33 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ....................................................................................................................F
MI-56 Windows
MI-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01 Front Windshield...................................................................................................................................... A
56-10-02 Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window...................................................................................................................B
MI-56-20 Cabin
56-20-01 Cabin Window.......................................................................................................................................... A
MI-70 Engine
MI-70-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page
70-00-01 ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE Message................................................................................................. A
70-00-02 ENG EIU MAINTENANCE Message....................................................................................................... B
70-00-03 ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE Message...................................................................................................C
Continued on the following page
MI-73-10 Distribution
73-10-01 Fuel Return Valve.................................................................................................................................... A
MI-73-20 Controlling
73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode................................................................................................................................... A
73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground......................................................................................................................... B
MI-73-25 Protection
73-25-01 Engine Overthrust Protection System......................................................................................................A
MI-74 Ignition
MI-74-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page
74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page ............................................................................. A
MI-75 Air
MI-75-24 TCC/TACC System
75-24-02 FADEC Blower......................................................................................................................................... A
75-24-03 Low Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control (LPTACC) Valve......................................................... B
75-24-04 High Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control (HPTACC) Valve........................................................C
MI-78 Exhaust
MI-78-09 ECAM Alerts
78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert................................................................................................ A
78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert................................................................................................ B
78-09-02 ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT Alert.......................................................................................................C
MI-80 Starting
MI-80-01 ENG MAN START Overhead Panel
80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw ....................................................................................................................... A
APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 25 NOV 20
Approval reference: SA00D20022527
Approved by: Airbus under EASA Design Organisation Approval number
EASA.21J.031
The Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) is approved by the European Aviation Safety Agency
(EASA) at the above revision date under the Type Certificate (EASA TC No. A.064 as part of the
Operational Suitability Data (OSD) as per Regulation (EU) 748/2012 as amended by Regulation (EU)
No. 69/2014.
The technical content of this document is approved under the authority of Design Organisation
Approval (DOA) No. EASA.21J.031.
Note: The present document includes OSD data approved either by EASA for major changes or by
Airbus under DOA privilege for minor changes.
The applicability date of this MMEL starts at the issue date + 30 calendar days.
Note: The issue date is different from the EASA approval date. The issue date corresponds to the
date of initiation of the publication of the Operator's MMEL by Airbus. The issue date may vary from
Operator to Operator. The issue date appears in the Transmittal Letter (for the PDF format) and in the
LIBRARY panel of the OPS LIBRARY Browser (for the electronic consultation).
The EASA approval date appears in the MMEL Approval Reference of the MMEL Preamble.
The 90 days limit as referred to in PART ORO.MLR.105(c) is recommended to start from the
applicability date.
The MMEL (reference STL 11000) is developed to improve the aircraft utilization and thereby to
provide more convenient and economic air transportation for the public.
The MMEL is a document that lists the system, function, or equipment which may be temporarily
inoperative, subject to certain conditions, while maintaining an acceptable level of safety. It does not
contain obviously required items such as wings, flaps, and rudders.
ALL ITEMS RELATED TO THE AIRWORTHINESS OF THE AIRCRAFT AND NOT INCLUDED IN
THE MMEL ARE AUTOMATICALLY REQUIRED TO BE OPERATIVE FOR DISPATCH.
Non-safety related equipment such as galley equipment and passenger convenience items need not
be listed.
The MMEL is the basis for the development of individual Operator's MEL which take into
consideration the Operator's particular aircraft equipment configuration and operational conditions. In
order to maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability, the MMEL establishes limitations on the
duration of and conditions for operation with inoperative item.
The Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is based on the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL).
An Operator's MEL may differ in format from the MMEL, but cannot be less restrictive than the
MMEL.
The MEL shall not deviate from any applicable Airworthiness Directive or any other Mandatory
Requirement.
The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of system, function, or equipment for
a period of time until repairs can be accomplished. It is important that repairs be accomplished at the
earliest opportunity.
Suitable conditions and limitations in the form of placards, maintenance procedures, crew operational
procedures, and other restrictions are necessary in the MEL to ensure that an acceptable level of
safety is maintained.
The MEL takes into consideration the Operator's particular aircraft equipment, configuration and
operational conditions, routes being flown, and requirements set by the appropriate Authority.
When an item is discovered to be inoperative, it is reported by making an entry in the technical
logbook. The item is then either rectified or may be deferred per the MEL before further operation.
MEL conditions and limitations do not relieve the operator from determining that the aircraft is in a fit
condition for safe operation with items inoperative.
The provisions of the MEL are applicable until the aircraft commences the flight. Any decision
to continue a flight following a failure or unserviceability which becomes apparent after the
commencement of a flight must be subject to pilot judgment and good airmanship. The Commander
may continue to make reference to and use the MEL as appropriate.
By approval of the MEL, the Authority permits dispatch of the aircraft for revenue, ferry, or training
flights with certain items inoperative provided an acceptable level of safety is maintained by use of
appropriate operational or maintenance procedures, by transfer of the function to another operating
system, or by reference to other instruments or system providing the required information.
Operators are to establish a controlled and sound repair programme including the parts, personnel,
facilities, procedures, and schedules to ensure timely repair. This programme should identify the
actions required for Maintenance discrepancy messages.
The decision of the Commander of the flight to have inoperative items corrected before the flight
will take precedence over the provisions contained in the MEL. The Commander may request
requirements above the minimum listed, whenever in his judgment such added equipment is
essential to the safety of a particular flight under the special condition prevailing at the time.
The MEL cannot take into account all multiple unserviceabilities. Therefore, before dispatching an
aircraft with multiple MEL items inoperative, it must be assured that any interface or inter-relationship
between inoperative items will not result in a degradation in the level of safety and/or an undue
increase in crew workload. It is particularly in this area of multiple discrepancies and especially
discrepancies in related systems, that good judgment, based on the circumstances of the case,
including climatic and en-route conditions, must be used.
MAINTENANCE ACTION
Ident.: MI-00-04-00012619.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
Every effort shall be made by the maintenance to correct all technical defects as early as practicable
and that the aircraft be released from a maintenance station in fully operational condition. The
Commander must be informed by the maintenance as soon as practicable, should it be impossible to
rectify the inoperative item before the dispatch.
Whenever an aircraft is released by the maintenance for dispatch with items inoperative, the
following is required:
‐ The technical logbook aboard the aircraft must contain a detailed description of the inoperative
item(s), special advice to the flight crew, if necessary, and information about corrective action
taken.
‐ When they are accessible to the crew in flight, the control(s), and/or indicator(s) related to
inoperative system(s), function(s) or component(s) must be clearly placarded.
Note: 1. To the extent practical, placards should be located adjacent to the control or indicator
for the item affected. However, unless otherwise specified, placard wording and location
should be determined by the operator.
2. If inadvertent operation could produce a hazard, such equipment must be rendered
inoperative (physically) as given in the appropriate Maintenance Procedure.
3. The relevant Operational Procedures are contained in the MEL.
4. The relevant Maintenance Procedures are contained in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
REPAIR INTERVAL
Ident.: MI-00-05-00012620.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
Inoperative items, deferred in accordance with the MEL, must be rectified at or before the expiration
of the repair interval that is established by the following letter designators given in the "Repair
Interval" column.
Repair Interval A : No standard interval is specified, however, items in this category shall
be rectified in accordance with the dispatch conditions stated in the
MEL.
Where a time period is specified in calendar days, it shall start at 00:01
on the calendar day following the day of discovery.
Where a time period is specified in number of flights or flight hours, it
shall start at the beginning of the first flight following the discovery of
the failure.
Repair Interval B : Items in this category shall be rectified within three (3) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 3-day
interval begins at 00:01 on January 27th and ends at 23:59 on January
29th.
Repair Interval C : Items in this category shall be rectified within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 10-day
interval begins at 00:01 on January 27th and ends at 23:59 on February
5th.
Repair Interval D : Items in this category shall be rectified within one hundred and twenty
(120) consecutive calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
Subject to the approval of the Authority, the operator may use a procedure for the extension of the
applicable Repair Interval B, C, and D, for the same duration as specified in the MEL, provided that:
‐ A description of specific duties and responsibilities for controlling extensions is established by the
operator and accepted by the Authority, and
‐ The operator only grants a one-time extension of the applicable Repair Interval, and
‐ The Authority is notified of any extension granted within a timescale acceptable to the Authority,
and
‐ Repair is accomplished at the earliest opportunity.
DEFINITIONS
Ident.: MI-00-07-00012622.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
Calendar day : A 24 hour period from 00:01 to 23:59 based on UTC, as selected by the
Operator
CAT II : The required equipment for CAT II Operation is based on MEL item
number.
Centralized Fault Display : It identifies the faulty system for maintenance purpose and is not
System (CFDS) required for dispatch of the aircraft.
Commencement of flight : Means the point when an aircraft begins to move under its own power
for the purpose of preparing for takeoff.
Considered inoperative : The listed item of equipment must be treated as inoperative.
For example, MEL item 36-11-05 Bleed Air Precooler indicates that
associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative and
therefore MEL item 36-11-01 Bleed Air Supply System must be applied.
Therefore, the “considered inoperative” MEL item must also be entered
and the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the
respective (o) and (m) procedures if any.
The “considered inoperative” item shall not be used or operated until
the original deferred item is repaired.
The shorter rectification interval between the initial inoperative item and
the “considered inoperative” item shall be applied.
... provided that system : Crew members should not activate, actuate, or otherwise utilise the
X is not used system X under normal operations. It is not necessary for the operator
to accomplish the (m) procedure associated with the system X item.
However, operations-related provisions, (o) procedures must be
complied with. An additional placard must be affixed, to the extent
practical, adjacent to the control or indicator for the system that is not
used to inform crew members that the system is not to be used under
normal operations.
Daylight operations : Period between the beginning of the morning civil twilight and the end
of the evening civil twilight relevant to the local aeronautical airspace; or
such other period, as may be prescribed by the appropriate Authority.
Extended overwater : A flight where the aeroplane is operated over water at a distance away
flight from land greater than 400 nautical miles.
Flight : For the purpose of an MEL, one “flight” is defined as the period of time
that begins the moment at which an aircraft begins to move by its own
means in preparation for takeoff, continues during takeoff and the
applicable flight phases, and ends when the aircraft lands and comes to
a complete stop in its parking area.
Flight Hours : For the purpose of an MEL, the Flight Hours (FHs) are to be counted
based on the definition of a Flight, i.e. the period of time that begins
the moment at which an aircraft begins to move by its own means in
preparation for takeoff, continues during takeoff and the applicable flight
phases, and ends when the aircraft lands and comes to a complete
stop in its parking area.
Note: Flight hours as here defined are synonymous with the term
“block to block” time or “chock to chock” time in general usage
which is measured from the time an aeroplane first moves for
the purpose of taking off until it finally stops at the end of the
flight.
Required cabin attendant: A seat in the aeroplane cabin which meets the following conditions:
seat ‐ Where the certification of the cabin requires this seat to be occupied
by a qualified cabin crew member as specified in the Operations
Manual, and
‐ This seat is a part of the station to which a qualified cabin crew
member is to be assigned for the flight, and
‐ The qualified cabin crew member assigned to the station is a
member of the minimum cabin crew designated for the flight.
RVSM : The required equipment for RVSM Flights Operation is based on MEL
item number.
VMC (Visual : Means that the atmospheric environment would allow a flight to
Meteorological proceed under the Visual Flight Rules (VFR) and that the flight is
Conditions) conducted during the period from sunrise to sunset. This does not
preclude operating under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR).
Note: This list is not exhaustive and the Operator should include in their MEL any definition which
is considered to be relevant.
ECAM
The A320 Family aircraft is equipped with the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM)
which provides different levels of aircraft systems monitoring messages:
‐ ECAM warning
‐ ECAM advisory
‐ ECAM caution
‐ ECAM memo.
ECAM warning and ECAM caution messages are listed in the "MEL Entries" section.
ECAM advisory and ECAM memo messages are not listed in the "MEL Entries".
HANDLING OF MAINTENANCE MESSAGES ON THE STATUS SD page
At the beginning of each ATA chapter of the "MEL Item" section, the related MAINTENANCE
messages which may be displayed on the STATUS SD page are listed in the Sub-Chapter "00"
with the associated dispatch status.
A MAINTENANCE message indicates the presence of a category of failure which can only be
identified by interrogation of the CFDS.
Operator must implement procedures to manage the MAINTENANCE messages and associated
CFDS messages, to handle fault recording and repair within the repair interval C (10 days).
All MAINTENANCE messages have a repair interval C except the following messages: DAR, DMU
or ACMS, QAR and ICE DETECT which have a repair interval D.
Dispatch with MAINTENANCE messages displayed on the STATUS SD page is permitted without
condition.
It is left to Operator to define the role devoted to flight crew and/or maintenance personnel in these
procedures.
21-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-00-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
CPC 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that all zone duct temperature indications are operative on the
COND SD page.
21-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-02 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-01-00007513.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-05 Pack Flow Control Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-01-00007516.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
21-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
21-07-02-02 Pressure Safety Valves Position Indication on the CAB PRESS SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-02-00007519.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) Pressure safety valves may be indicated open provided that both valves are visually
checked closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-004
21-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
One or more indications may be inoperative.
21-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
Cabin and cockpit zone indications may be inoperative.
21-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that both safety valves are visually checked closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-005
21-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Note: Apply the operational procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
affected cabin fan, or in the case of "burning smell" associated with the inoperative
cabin fan.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-21-01A Cabin Fan
21-23-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that all duct temperatures indications for the cabin are
operative on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-23-01B Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan
21-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The avionics skin exchanger inlet bypass valve is manually secured in the closed
position, and
2) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-03A Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task 21-26-00-040-001
21-26-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The internal flap is manually secured in the open position, and
2) The skin air outlet valve is displayed in a partially open position amber or green on the
CAB PRESS SD page, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The skin exchanger isolation valve is secured in the open position, and
5) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Continued on the following page
21-26-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
21-26-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The avionics air conditioning inlet valve is manually secured in the open position, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The avionics ventilation is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-08A Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task 21-26-00-040-003
21-26-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The BLOWER pb-sw and the EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD, and
3) The air conditioning inlet valve and the skin air outlet valve are checked in the correct
position before each flight, and
4) The extract fan is checked operative before each flight, and
5) The skin air inlet valve is secured in the closed position.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-10A Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 21-26-00-040-005
21-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-28-01A FWD Cargo Extraction Fan
21-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The LDG ELEV selector MAN function is operative, and
2) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 21-31-00-040-002
21-31-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are operative, and
2) The three outflow valve motors are checked operative.
Continued on the following page
21-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-04A Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function
21-31-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The landing elevation selection AUTO function is operative, and
2) Both FMGCs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-05A Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function
21-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-51-03A Pack Flow Sensor
21-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
Note: 1. Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when
more than one trim air valves are inoperative or when the hot air pressure regulating
valve is closed.
2. The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve is
closed combined with single pack operation.
22-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
22-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: One A/THR Related Indications on the FMA is required for: CAT III Single/Dual Operation
Note: One A/THR Related Indications on the FMA is required for: CAT III Single/Dual Operation
22-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative on one or both FMAs.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-05-03A Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
22-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 14 1 No
“MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY” is required on one side.
Note: Two AP Function are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
22-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-02A Flight Director (FD)
Note: Two AP DISCONNECTION PUSHBOTTON are required for: CAT II/III (Single or Dual)
Operation.
Note: One AP DISCONNECTION PUSHBOTTON is required for:
‐ RNP AR
Note: One AUTO LAND light is required for: CAT II/III (Single or Dual) Operation.
Note: Two AP Function are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
22-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not engaged, and
3) RVSM is not required.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Verify RVSM Table: Refer to HOW Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)
Continued on the following page
Note: Three Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode are required for:
‐ CAT III (Single/Dual ) Operation
Note: One Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode is required for:
‐ CAT II autoland
22-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No
(o) One or two may be inoperative unlocked provided that no autoland is performed.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-07A Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode
22-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-08A AP/FD TCAS Mode
22-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-09A Soft Go-Around Function
22-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The autothrust (A/THR) is disconnected before each flight, and
2) The Soft Go-Around function is considered inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-01A Autothrust (A/THR)
22-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ability to disconnect the autothrust (A/THR) via
the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb and by the FCU A/THR pb is checked before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-02A Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb
22-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
22-60-02 FAC 2
Ident.: MI-22-60-00007540.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
22-60-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) All ADIRSs, ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs and RAs are operative, and
2) The Rudder Travel Limiter System 2 is considered inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Refer to Item 22-60-04 Yaw Damper System, and
Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System, and
Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System ,and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-60-02A FAC 2
22-60-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
Note: One Yaw Damper is required for: CAT II/III Single Operation
Note: Two Yaw Damper are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
22-60-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-60-04A Yaw Damper System
Note: If Nav Back-Up function inoperative, Two FMS are required for:
‐ RNAV 10;
‐ RNP 4;
‐ RNP 2.
22-70-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
(o) May be out of date for ten consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The procedures of the out-of-date navigation database changed in the current navigation
database are not used (the procedures not changed may be used), and
2) Alternate procedures are used, and
3) The current aeronautical information (e.g. charts) is used to check the database
navigation fixes (the coordinates, frequencies, status (as applicable)), and suitability of
navigation facilities required for the intended route.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-70-02A Navigation Database
22-70-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
22-70-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-01-00007549.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated autopilot (AP) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
22-81-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Continued on the following page
22-81-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that operations do not required its use.
22-81-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the HDG-V/S selection is operative.
22-81-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the SPD selection is operative.
22-81-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
22-81-01-09B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on
both PFDs and both NDs.
22-81-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
22-81-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the unit required for the intended flight is
operative on both EFIS control panels.
22-81-02-04 FD pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007563.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated FD is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
22-81-02-05 LS pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007564.0002001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS, GLS, are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)
Refer to Item 34-30-03 GNSS Landing System (GLS)
22-81-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
22-81-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND mode
selector is operative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-02-08A ND Mode Selector
22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007568.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ADF/VOR indication on ND is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007570.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 10 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: One FCU Channel (for altitude target selection and OP CLB/OP DES mode engagement) is
required for:
‐ RVSM
22-82-01 MCDU 1
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007572.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
22-82-02 MCDU 2
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007573.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
22-82-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
One or both CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD
page.
Note: The complete failure of the CIDS function is indicated by ECAM alert COM CIDS
1+2 FAULT. Refer to Item 23-73-01-01 Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) Function
23-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-01-02-32 CALLS EMER pb, CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID pb,
CALLS EXIT pb, CALLS PURS pb, CALLS AFT pb
Ident.: MI-23-01-02-00007587.0001001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
23-01-03-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The HF1 is set to VOICE mode on ground, and
2) The HF1 is not used during refuel, defuel or ground fuel transfer.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-01-04-01A GND HF DATALINK pb-sw
23-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that :
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected HF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF Voice
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-09-01A COM HF 1(2) EMITTING Alert (If Installed)
23-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(o) One or more may be displayed provided that :
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected VHF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-02 VHF Voice (3 VHFs installed)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-09-02A COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING Alert (3 VHFs installed)
23-10-01 HF Voice
Ident.: MI-23-10-00021776.0001001 / 26 OCT 20
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH,
PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ,
PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE,
PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
23-10-01 HF Voice
Ident.: MI-23-10-00021776.0002001 / 26 OCT 20
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
23-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-13-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
RMP 2 or RMP 3 may be inoperative.
23-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 13 12 Yes
One may be inoperative on each RMP provided that :
1) VHF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1.
23-20-03 HF Datalink
Ident.: MI-23-20-00021744.0001001 / 21 NOV 17
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
23-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-01A Ground External Horn
23-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-04A Service Interphone Jack
23-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-51-02 Headset/Boomset
Ident.: MI-23-51-00007602.0001001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: ALL
23-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 2 Yes
One boomset (headset with boom microphone) must be operative for each crewmember on
duty.
23-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative, or missing, or removed.
23-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
Only F/O loudspeaker may be inoperative provided that at least one crewmember on
cockpit duty wears a boomset for the entire flight.
23-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the affected crewmember on cockpit duty wears a
boomset for the entire flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-51-05A Cockpit Loudspeaker Volume Control
23-51-06B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative in the open position (non transmitting position) provided
that the INT/RAD sw on CAPT ACP, on F/O ACP and on ACP 3 are operative.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative sidestick PTT sw is
failed in the closed position (transmitting position).
Continued on the following page
23-52-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that :
1) ACP 3 is operative, and
2) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-52-01A CAPT and F/O ACP
23-52-02 ACP 3
Ident.: MI-23-52-00007610.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
23-52-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-52-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-52-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 6 Yes
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that :
1) VHF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O
ACP.
23-52-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 15 14 Yes
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that :
1) VHF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP,
and
3) If ILS is required for approach, one ILS reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP
or on F/O ACP.
23-52-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 15 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-72-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that alternate procedures are used.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-72-01A Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
The CIDS function must be operative.
Note: 1. This MEL item relates to complete failure of the CIDS function (Complete failure
of both CIDS Directors).
2. Partial failure of one or both CIDS Directors is indicated by one or both CIDS
1(2) MAINTENANCE messages on the STATUS SD page only (ECAM alert
COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT is not displayed).
Refer to Item 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message.
3. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, deactivation of the affected
CIDS Director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM TASK 23-73-00-040-001.
23-73-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected lavatory is closed and placarded
inoperative.
23-73-03-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit
doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU
B are checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of
each day, and
3) The associated lavatory fire extinguisher system is checked operative, and
4) The absence of smoke in the affected lavatory is periodically checked.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Cabin Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If
Installed), and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on
the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-03-01B Cabin DEU B
23-73-03-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit
doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU
B are checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of
each day, and
3) The associated lavatory fire extinguisher system is checked operative, and
4) The absence of smoke in the affected lavatory is periodically checked.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Cabin Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If
Installed), and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on
the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-03-01B Cabin DEU B
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 174 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 110 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 108 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 78 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 87 44 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-01A Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 34 17 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-01A Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 32 16 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-01A Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 78 39 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-01A Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
23-73-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the cockpit audio control panel (ACP) is used for the
communication between the cockpit and the cabin.
23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor
level exit doors.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset
23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor
level exit doors.
Continued on the following page
23-73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative or missing.
23-73-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible
materials, and
2) The lavatory smoke detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System
Note: Failure of a single CIDS-SDF channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message
on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
23-73-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the restrictions concerning lavatory smoke detection
system and cargo smoke detection systemare applied.
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System, and
Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment, and
Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Note: Failure of a single CIDS-SDF channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message
on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on the FAP are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Cabin Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If Installed),
and
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Cabin Overwing Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If
Installed)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-01A FAP Display Unit
23-74-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 Yes
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Cabin Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If Installed)
and Refer to Item 25-62-07 Cabin Overwing Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
(If Installed)
23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 Yes
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Cabin Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If Installed)
and Refer to Item 25-62-07 Cabin Overwing Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
(If Installed)
23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
One may be inoperative.
24-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
DC BUS TIE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
24-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
AC GEN MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
24-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
24-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00008426.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 Yes
One GEN pb-sw FAULT light and/or the APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light may be inoperative
provided that the associated generator indications are operative on the ELEC SD page.
24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00008427.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.
24-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.
24-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-07A EXT PWR pb AVAIL light
24-01-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC SD page, and
2) The GALY & CAB automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-09A GALLEY/GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the frequency and the temperature indications of the
affected generator are operative on the ELEC SD page.
24-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 3 No
(o) One or more indications related to the AC generation may be inoperative provided that:
1) The load, voltage, and frequency indications are operative on one engine driven
generator , and
2) The associated ELEC GEN 1(2) FAULT alert is operative, and
3) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-07-01A AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page
24-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 0 No
One or more indications related to the DC generation may be inoperative.
24-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed.
24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight, and
3) HF 1 is deactivated.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF Voice
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-50-00-040-001
Note: One AC Main Generation is required for: CAT II / III Single Operation
Note: Two AC Main Generation are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight, and
6) All busses have power, and
7) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
8) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative, and
9) FWD ACT is empty or not installed.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-001
Note: One AC Main Generation is required for: CAT II / III Single Operation
Note: Two AC Main Generation are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight, and
6) All busses have power, and
7) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
8) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-001
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Auxiliary Power Control function and the APU Generator are both
inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
24-23-01A Non ETOPS flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-23-01A AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU or GAPCU
Auxiliary Power Control function, Line Contactor) (APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF)
24-23-01B ETOPS 120 min flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative for four flights provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-23-01B AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU or GAPCU
Auxiliary Power Control function, Line Contactor) (APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF)
Continued on the following page
24-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The RAT extension manual control is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-002
24-24-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
24-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-01A Manual Transfer to the AC BUS 2 (ALTN Function)
24-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-02A Automatic Transfer to the AC BUS 2
24-26-02 GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Ident.: MI-24-26-00008448.0004001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: ALL
24-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-26-03A Commercial Supply System
Note: One DC Main Generation is required for: CAT II / III Single Operation
Note: Two DC Main Generation are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
24-32-01A TR 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) TR 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01A DC Main Generation (TR 1 inoperative)
24-32-01B TR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) TR 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
5) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
6) The standby compass is operative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01B DC Main Generation (TR 2 inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-30-00-040-002
Note: One DC TIE Contactor is required for: CAT II / III Single Operation
Note: Two DC TIE Contactor are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
24-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative in the open position.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
24-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 10 flights provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) No APU start is attempted neither on ground nor in flight, and
3) Both AC main generations are operative, and
4) The refueling is made with an external power unit connected, and
5) The battery associated with the inoperative BCL is charged before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-38-02A Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-30-00-040-001
24-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated voltage indication is operative
on the ELEC SD page.
24-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Ground Power Control function and the APU Generator
are both inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
24-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The receptacle is visually inspected, placarded inoperative and not used, and
2) The EXT PWR pb is placarded inoperative.
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Ground Power Control function and the APU Generator
are both inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-41-00-040-001
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) One or more may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the
associated slide is visually checked to be armed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-07-01A Cabin Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
(o) One or more may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the
associated slide is visually checked to be armed before each flight.
Continued on the following page
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the seat is secured in an upright position
acceptable to the affected crewmember.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-001
25-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.
25-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the electrical adjustment of the associated
seat is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-05A Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
25-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
25-11-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-07A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
25-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-11-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-11-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.
25-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.
25-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-04A Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
25-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.
25-12-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.
25-12-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-08A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 174 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is not used.
Note: The Passenger Seat must be identified in the Technical Logbook and ACR.
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 214 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is not used.
Note: The Passenger Seat must be identified in the Technical Logbook and ACR.
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 165 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is not used.
Note: The Passenger Seat must be identified in the Technical Logbook and ACR.
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 162 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is not used.
Note: The Passenger Seat must be identified in the Technical Logbook and ACR.
Note: If seat backrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not dispatchable
25-20-02A Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 174 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The associated seat recline mechanism is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-801
Continued on the following page
Note: If seat backrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not dispatchable
25-20-02A Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 214 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The associated seat recline mechanism is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-801
Continued on the following page
Note: If seat backrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not dispatchable
25-20-02A Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 165 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The associated seat recline mechanism is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-801
Continued on the following page
Note: If seat backrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not dispatchable
25-20-02A Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 162 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The associated seat recline mechanism is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-801
Continued on the following page
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 174 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 214 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 165 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 162 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 12 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-05A Affected armrest inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 228 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing.
Note: If seat armrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not
dispatchable
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-05A Passenger Seat Armrest (Affected Armrest Inoperative in the
Required Position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing)
25-20-05A Affected armrest inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 270 0 No
One or more may be inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing.
Note: If seat armrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not
dispatchable
Continued on the following page
25-20-05A Affected armrest inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 216 0 No
One or more may be inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing.
Note: If seat armrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not
dispatchable
25-20-05A Affected armrest inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 212 0 No
One or more may be inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing.
Note: If seat armrest inoperative affect cabin door or cabin overwing exit, it is not
dispatchable
Continued on the following page
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 58 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 70 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 55 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 54 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 53 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
25-20-07C Meal table not stowed and affected cabin door or cabin overwing exit
considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 174 0 No
(o) One or more meal table affecting the access to any cabin door or cabin overwing exit may
be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The affected cabin door or cabin overwing exit is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, or
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Cabin Overwing Exit, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07C Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Cabin Door and Cabin
Overwing Exit Considered Inoperative)
25-20-07B Meal table not stowed and affected seats considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 214 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The meal table of the associated seat does not block the access to a cabin door or a
cabin overwing exit, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07B Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Seats Considered
Inoperative)
Continued on the following page
25-20-07C Meal table not stowed and affected cabin door or cabin overwing exit
considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 165 0 No
(o) One or more meal table affecting the access to any cabin door or cabin overwing exit may
be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The affected cabin door or cabin overwing exit is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, or
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Cabin Overwing Exit, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07C Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Cabin Door and Cabin
Overwing Exit Considered Inoperative)
25-20-07B Meal table not stowed and affected seats considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 162 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The meal table of the associated seat does not block the access to a cabin door or a
cabin overwing exit, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07B Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Seats Considered
Inoperative)
Continued on the following page
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness must be
considered inoperative.
25-20-09B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non required cabin
attendant seat - 1L/1R/4L/4R
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The affected seat is not used, and
2) The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required
cabin attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit,
and
3) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly
placarded, and
4) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
5) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
6) The displaced cabin attendant must obey operacional procedures, and
7) If the seat assembly mechanism is inoperative, the affected seat is secured in its stowed
position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-09B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-22-00-040-001
Continued on the following page
25-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related toilet equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-40-00-040-001
25-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the flight is non-smoking.
25-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated flapper and access doors are secured to prevent waste introduction, and
3) Alternate procedure is used.
Note: Non-safety related toilet equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-40-04A Toilet Waste Compartment Access Door
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-40-00-040-802
25-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided:
1. Put and secure the Moveable Bukhead in end position - Load mode,
2. Put the circuit breakes CTL and PWR of cargo loading affected, and
3. Mark the system inoperable (at the control box)
25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the FWD cargo compartment is
empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the FWD cargo compartment is
empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the FWD cargo compartment is
empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the FWD cargo compartment is
empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-03 Decompression Panels in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-25-50-00024536.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSD, PR-YSE,
PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
25-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-03 Decompression Panels in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-25-50-00024536.9001002 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
25-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-03 Decompression Panels in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-25-50-00024536.9001003 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE
25-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-03 Decompression Panels in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-25-50-00024536.9001004 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
25-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-04 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Ident.: MI-25-50-00008550.0001001 / 26 FEB 21
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
25-50-04 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Ident.: MI-25-50-00008550.9001004 / 26 FEB 21
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
25-50-04 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Ident.: MI-25-50-00008550.9001003 / 26 FEB 21
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE
25-50-04 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Ident.: MI-25-50-00008550.9001002 / 26 FEB 21
Applicable to: PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
25-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 90 0 No
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual.
25-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 57 0 No
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual.
25-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 179 0 No
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual.
25-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 269 0 No
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual.
25-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
(m) One or more may be damaged provided that:
1) The affected protection panel is removed if the damage prevents correct operation of the
decompression panel, and
2) Bulk loading is not permitted in the section between the affected protection panel and the
closest divider net.
Continued on the following page
25-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 0 No
(m) One or more may be damaged provided that:
1) The affected protection panel is removed if the damage prevents correct operation of the
decompression panel, and
2) Bulk loading is not permitted in the section between the affected protection panel and the
closest divider net.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-54-00-040-801
25-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(m) One or more may be damaged provided that:
1) The affected protection panel is removed if the damage prevents correct operation of the
decompression panel, and
2) Bulk loading is not permitted in the section between the affected protection panel and the
closest divider net.
Continued on the following page
25-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
25-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
25-62-05C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 2 No
Two may be inoperative or missing provided number of occupants is limited to 100
25-62-05D
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 3 No
One may be inoperative or missing provided number of occupants is limited to 150
25-62-07 Cabin Overwing Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Ident.: MI-25-62-00008565.0005001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: ALL
25-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-63-01A Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw,
HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS and CAPT sw)
25-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
One or more may be inoperative or missing.
25-64-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be incomplete, missing or inoperative provided that:
1. Bio Hazard Kit is released in a manner that will identity it is as unit that can not be
mistaken for a fully serviceable unit, and
2. Repairs or replacements are made withing 3 flights cycles
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 5 4 No
One must be operative for each required cabin crewmember.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 4 No
One must be operative for each required cabin crewmember.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 5 4 No
One must be operative for each required cabin crewmember.
26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
SMOKE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
26-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 16 8 No
A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in each ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw.
26-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the engine extinguishing system firing circuit
is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-003
26-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine fire extinguishing and detection
systems are checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-002
26-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-01-01-34A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the agent bottle 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
26-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
3) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-01A Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 1
26-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-02A Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 2 or Loop B on
the Engine 1
26-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-03A Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 2 or Loop B on
the Engine 1
26-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-04A Engine Fire Detection Loop B on the Engine 2
26-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
26-15-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-15-01A Avionics Smoke Detection System
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
Both detectors may be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty or
does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0009001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0012001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
Both detectors in one or more cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note: The lavatory smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-22-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-22-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not
contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not contain
flammable or combustible materials.
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty or does not contain
flammable or combustible materials.
26-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are empty or
do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
26-23-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty or does not contain
flammable or combustible materials.
26-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are empty or
do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
26-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 5 4 No
(o) One or more non required portable fire extinguisher may be inoperative and removed or
missing.
Note: Inoperative portable fire extinguisher may be subject to dangerous goods
requirements.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-24-01A Cabin Portable Fire Extinguisher
26-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
F/CTL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
27-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
SFCS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
27-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
27-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
27-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
One may be inoperative.
27-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected aileron through
each servo-control is visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-02A Aileron Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected elevator is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-04A Elevator Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the pitch trim handwheel and the stabilizer are visually
checked to synchronously operate before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-05A Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the deflection of the rudder is visually checked before
each flight.
Continued on the following page
27-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
27-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
27-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-11A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-12A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the WHEEL SD page
27-14-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-14-01A Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) All roll spoilers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-14-03A Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) All roll spoilers are operative.
Continued on the following page
27-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The rudder pedals can be secured in a position which meets individual pilot
requirements, and
2) The full and unrestricted movement of the rudder pedals and brake pedals deflection is
possible at both pilot stations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment System
Note: One Rudder trim is required for: CAT II / III Single Operation.
Note: Two Rudder trim are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
27-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that one rudder trim position indication is operative.
27-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position is checked centered on the F/CTL
SD page before takeoff.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-22-03A Rudder Trim Position Indication on the Center Pedestal
Note: One Rudder Travel Limit is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation.
27-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
27-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) SFCC 2 flap channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The OAT is below ISA+35 °C, and
3) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
4) The SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before the first MEL dispatch and then every
day, and
5) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
6) The minimum idle on ground is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground, and
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-51-01A SFCC Flap Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-001
Note: Four Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid are required for:
‐ RNP AR
27-54-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 flap
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel
27-64-01 Spoiler 5
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008349.0002001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) The pair of spoilers 5 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, 3, and 4 are operative.
3) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-02 Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008351.0001001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 1 or 3 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 2, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
4) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008354.0002001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 2 or 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 3, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
5) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
5) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-002
27-64-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, and 5 are operative, and
3) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
4) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
7) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) SFCC 2 slat channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
3) The SFCC 1 slat WTB is checked operative before the first MEL dispatch and then every
day, and
4) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) Takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-81-01A SFCC Slat Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-005
Note: Four Slat Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid are required for:
‐ RNP AR
27-84-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
27-84-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 slat
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-81-01 SFCC Slat Channel
27-92-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
27-92-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
27-93-01 ELAC 1
Ident.: MI-27-93-00008385.0008001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) ELAC 1 or any ELAC 1 function may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRS and FACs are operative, and
3) The pairs of spoilers 2, 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
4) The TR 1 and the TR 2 are operative, and
5) Both accelerometers associated with the ELAC 2 are checked operative before each
flight, and
6) All sidesticks transducers associated with the ELAC 2 and the three SECs are checked
operative before each flight, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
8) The elevators and roll spoilers control is checked operative through the SECs before
each flight, and
9) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Note: F/O take-over pb cannot disengage AP 1.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-01A ELAC 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-93-00-040-001
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008390.0013001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YJB
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 2 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
4) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
7) The TR 1 and the TR 2 are operative, and
8) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and operative the SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
10) The elevators control through the SEC 2 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative
are applied, and
12) FWD ACT is empty or not installed, and;
13) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008390.0002001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI,
PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY,
PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD,
PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 2 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
4) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
7) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
8) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
10) The elevators control through the SEC 2 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative
are applied, and;
12) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-02 SEC 2
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008392.0013001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: PR-YJB
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 1 and SEC 3 are operative, and
4) The sidestick transducers associated with ELACs and operative SECs are checked
operative before each flight, and
5) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls are operative, and
7) The elevators control through SEC 1 and ELACs and roll spoilers control through the
operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
8) FWD ACT is empty or not installed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-02A SEC 2
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-02 SEC 2
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008392.0002001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI,
PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY,
PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD,
PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
3) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls are operative, and
5) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
6) The elevators control through the SEC 1 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-02A SEC 2
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-03 SEC 3
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008394.0001001 / 26 OCT 20
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and SEC 2 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls are operative, and
5) All roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative are
applied.
7) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-03A SEC 3
27-95-02 FCDC 2
Ident.: MI-27-95-00008396.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
27-95-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-95-02A FCDC 2
28-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
FUEL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
28-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump is set to OFF when
the associated tank is empty.
28-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding transfer valve is set to OFF
when there is no fuel in the center tank.
28-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding transfer valve indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-07B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that all wing tank pumps and center tank transfer valves
indications are operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity indications of the ACTs are operative on
the FUEL SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-01-02-01A ACT XFR MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light
28-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity indication of the center tank is operative
on the FUEL SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-01-02-03A ALL ACT pb-sw OVFL light
28-01-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-01-02-31A ACT XFR selector
28-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-01-01A Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-02 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MI-28-07-01-00008271.0001001 / 17 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
28-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 5 0 No
(o) One or more FQI may be in the degraded mode (with dashes on the two last digits)
provided that the loss of accuracy is taken into account for the fuel planning for each
affected tank.
Note: The Fuel On Board indication is also in the degraded mode.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the
FUEL SD page
28-07-01-03B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling and
associated inner tank indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
4) The associated inner tank indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-802
Continued on the following page
28-07-01-03D High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-802
28-07-01-04B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-803
28-07-01-06D
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected ACT(s) and previous ACT(s) in fuel feed sequence FWD - AFT2 - AFT1 are
empty, and
2) All wing tanks and center tank fuel quantity indications are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-01-06D ACT Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page (A321
LR/ACJ320Neo)
28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
One in each wing or both in one wing may be inoperative.
28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
28-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
28-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated LP valve is checked operative
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-009
28-07-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The APU LP valve is secured in the closed position and,
2) The APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-001
28-07-04-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the associated inner and outer tanks are operative, and
2) The transfer valve operation is checked before each flight and when used in flight.
Continued on the following page
28-07-04-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
28-07-04-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity indications of the ACT(s) and of the
center tank are operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-07-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-07-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed.
28-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed provided that there is no fuel in any ACT and in the center tank.
28-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed provided that there is no fuel in any ACT.
28-12-01 Overpressure Protector between the Inner and the Outer Tank
Ident.: MI-28-12-00008195.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
28-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be broken or missing.
Continued on the following page
28-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be broken or missing provided that there is no fuel in any ACT and in the center tank.
28-12-06 Overpressure Protector in the Center Tank for ACT Vent Line
Ident.: MI-28-12-00008200.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YJB
28-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be broken or missing provided that there is no fuel in any ACT and in the
center tank.
28-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(m) One may be inoperative on one engine provided that:
1) The affected motor is deactivated, and
2) The remaining motor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-24-00-040-002
28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more indications may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously
monitored on the FUEL SD page during refueling and defueling.
28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 0 Yes
One or more indications may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously
monitored on the FUEL SD page during refueling and defueling.
28-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the valve is secured in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-004
28-25-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is manually refueled.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-25-00-040-008
28-25-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-28-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-28-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: If the refuel valve is inoperative in the closed position, the ACT can be manually
refueled. Refer to AMM task 28-25-00-040-005.
28-28-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in any ACT.
28-28-15A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative in the closed position provided there is no fuel in the FWD ACT.
28-28-16A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) There is no fuel in the FWD ACT, and
2) The FWD ACT REFUEL VALVE selector, located on the ACT refuelling control panel, is
set to SHUT.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-28-00-040-005
28-43-01B High level fuel detection and fuel used indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 9 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-012
28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling.
28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling.
28-46-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during
refueling.
28-46-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling.
28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
28-46-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the ACT auto transfer system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-28-01 ACT Auto Transfer System
28-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is manually refueled.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-50-01A Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 12-11-28-650-004
28-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) There is no fuel in any ACT.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-50-01A Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel
28-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) There is no fuel in any ACT.
Note: Two Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT II /III Single Operation.
Note: Three Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
29-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative
and the dispatch is not permitted.
Note: Two Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT II /III Single Operation.
Note: Three Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
29-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Note: Two Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT II /III Single Operation.
Note: Three Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
Note: Two Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT II /III Single Operation.
Note: Three Hidraulic Circuit are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
29-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
29-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the quantity indications of the yellow and green reservoir
are operative on the HYD SD page.
29-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
29-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
29-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
29-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
29-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated HYD B(G)(Y) RSVR LO LVL alert is checked operative, and
2) The associated reservoir quantity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
29-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the RAT is visually checked to be stowed before each
flight.
29-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-07A System Label Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the associated system label indication is checked
operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-08A System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more segment indications, on any of the three vertical lines (G/B/Y), may be
erroneous or missing.
29-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed provided that the associated system pressure indication is
operative.
29-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed.
29-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated system pressure indications are operative, and
2) The engine pumps are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert
29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the air pressure is checked on the associated
reservoir before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
29-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
One may be displayed provided that the associated reservoir quantity is checked on the
HYD SD page before each flight.
Note: 1. When the alert is displayed on the EWD, the associated PUMP pb-sw FAULT
light and the PTU pb-sw FAULT light (if the green or the yellow system is
affected) may simultaneously come on.
Refer to Item 29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light
2. If the blue reservoir is affected, EMER GEN may appear in the INOP SYS
column on the STATUS SD page before engine start.
29-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The HYD G RSVR OVHT alert or the HYD Y RSVR OVHT alert may be displayed.
29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that the PTU is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-07A HYD PTU FAULT Alert
29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 29-30-00-040-001
29-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The remaining EDP depressurization function is checked operative, and
2) The APU is operative, and
3) The start valve of the associated side is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 29-10-00-710-004
29-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) The automatic control may be inoperative provided that the pump is manually operated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-10-03A Blue System Electric Pump
29-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected accumulator is deactivated.
Continued on the following page
29-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that it is removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
Note: Apply the Hydraulic Reservoir Drain Valve MEL item only in the case of hydraulic fluid leak
at the Hydraulic Reservoir Drain Valve without any other structural leaks. For other cases,
Operator must request technical support and assistance from AIRBUS.
29-10-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir drain circuit is
secured with a cap.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 29-10-00-040-007
29-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) PTU may continuously run when set to AUTO provided that the operation of the PTU in both
directions is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-23-01A Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the associated pb-sw is set to off.
Note: The AFT and FWD cargo doors must be operated manually.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-24-01A Yellow System Electric Pump
30-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
ICE DETECT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
30-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
ENG 1(2) A.ICE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
30-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
30-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated low speed function is
operative.
30-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
30-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
30-09-01A Associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle displayed on the EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-09-01A ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT Alert
30-09-01B Associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE MON FAULT subtitle displayed on the EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be displayed provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE MON FAULT subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
3) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route.
30-21-01A One or two inoperative in the closed position on the same engine
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
(o) One or two PRSOVs on the same engine may be inoperative in the closed position provided
that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-21-01A Engine Anti-Ice Valve (Inop in the closed position)
Note: Two AOA Probe Heating are required for: CAT II /III Single Operation.
Note: Three AOA Probe Heating are required for: CAT III Dual Operation.
Note: One L or R Windshield Heat is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
30-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
2) All heaters and failure alerts on the front and sliding windows associated with the
operative computer are checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-01A Window Heat Computer
(m) Refer to AMM Task 30-42-00-040-001
30-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: One L or R Windshield Heat is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation.
30-42-03B For SGS Windshield: ISB (ref. 56-1022 or 56-1023) findings - Degradation out of
allowance
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be degraded beyond the passed criteria of the ISB (ref. 56-1022 for CEO or
56-1023 for NEO) provided that the operating altitude is limited to FL230.
30-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
Automatic control may be inoperative provided that the PROBES/WINDOW HEAT system is
manually selected.
30-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
Note: One Rain Repellent or Windshield wiper is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
Operation
Note: One Rain Repellent or Windshield wiper is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
Operation
Note: One Rain Repellent or Windshield wiper is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
Operation
30-45-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
If necessary, verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2,
CAT 3 SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Note: No entry in the logbook is required when it is installed but intentionally deactivated.
30-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated galleys and lavatories are not used, and
2) The associated lavatory water supplies are closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 30-71-00-040-001
30-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-81-01A Ice Detection System
30-81-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-81-03A Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator
31-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
QAR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page .
31-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
ACMS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
DAR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
CFDIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
DFDR ACCEL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page .
31-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
31-01-01-02B ON position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative in the ON position.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-01-01-02B RCDR GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the ON position)
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 87 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 84 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
31-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The UTC indication from the CFDIU is operative on the permanent data of the SD, and
2) A chrono indication is operative on at least one ND.
Note: The following recommendation is only applicable to aircraft equipped with the
Electrical Clock P/N APE5100-1:
During the entire month of February, intermittent erroneous indications (wrong,
over-range or missing digits) of the elapsed time and chronometer functions may
occur if the clock is in GPS mode.
In that case, the flight crew must set the clock selector to internal (INT) mode
in order to recover the elapsed time and chronometer functions. The clock is
considered operative.
When the clock is in INT mode, the flight crew must synchronize the clock with
the GPS at least one time per day to comply with the time precision required for
ATC datalink communication. Refer to FCOM/DSC-31-55-20 Operation in Internal
Mode.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator
31-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 8 flights or 3 consecutive calendar days, whichever occurs first,
provided that the CVR is operative.
31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-30-07 Printer
Ident.: MI-31-30-00007790.0001001 / 17 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
31-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
31-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: Two FWC are required for: CAT III Dual Operation
31-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) FWC 2 may be inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-53-01A Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
31-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
SDAC 2 may be inoperative.
31-56-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
31-56-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-56-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-56-06A STS pb on the ECP
31-56-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP
31-62-01 DMC 1
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007808.0005001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
Note: Two ADR plus two DMC, are required for: RVSM
31-62-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-62-01B DMC 1
31-62-02 DMC 2
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007809.0002001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
Note: Two ADR plus two DMC, are required for: RVSM
31-62-03 DMC 3
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007810.0004001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
Note: Two ADR plus two DMC, are required for: RVSM
31-62-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.
Continued on the following page
31-63-02 PFDU 2
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007811.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, NDU 1, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative,
and RVSM is not required.
Verify PBN Table:Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL) , and
Verify RVSM Table: Refer to HOW Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-02A PFDU 2
31-63-03 NDU 1
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007812.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative.
Verify PBN Tamble: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-03A NDU 1
31-63-04 NDU 2
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007813.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, EWDU and SDU are operative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-04A NDU 2
31-63-05 SDU
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007814.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJC
31-63-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, NDU 2 and EWDU are operative, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-05A SDU
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-006
31-63-05 SDU
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007814.0002001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YJB, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ,
PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ,
PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE,
PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
31-63-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, NDU 2 and EWDU are operative, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day, and
4) The CDSS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-72-01 Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-05A SDU
(m) Refer to AMM Task 31-68-00-040-006
31-68-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the ATT HDG SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both ECAM DU are operative, and
2) The ECAM/ND XFR SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFD and ND units are operative, and
2) The PFD to ND automatic switching is checked operative on the PF side before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-68-05A PFD/ND XFR pb on the Lateral Instrument Panel
32-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the L/G gear position indications are
operative on the LDG GEAR indicator panel.
32-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: One Nose Wheel Steering is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
32-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: One Antiskid is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
32-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
32-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
32-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
32-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative for 7 flights.
32-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be broken or missing.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-006
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground, and
5) The OAT is below ISA+35 °C, and
6) The ACT vent valve is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-28-06 ACT Vent Valve
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-01A Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground, and
5) The OAT is below ISA+35 °C.
Continued on the following page
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground, and
5) The OAT is below ISA+35 °C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-01A Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Continued on the following page
32-32-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-32-02A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-31-00-040-003
32-32-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-32-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-32-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-31-00-040-003
32-32-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-32-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-33-01A Landing Gear Gravity Extension System
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-31-00-040-802
32-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 24 23 No
(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel is checked for absence of damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-002
32-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 72 71 No
(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel and the associated brake are checked for absence of damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-41-00-040-003
Note: Four Main Wheel Brake are required for: CAT III Dual
32-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and
2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green and yellow systems are operative on operative brakes, and
4) The affected brake is deactivated or removed, and
5) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
7) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function and;
8) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-42-00-040-003
32-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) (m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and
2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green hydraulic supply of affected brake is deactivated, and
4) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and;
6) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-02A Green System Brake
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-42-00-040-002
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
32-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected system is deactivated, and
2) It is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault related to the L/G SYS DISAGREE
alert before each flight.
3) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Continued on the following page
Note: One BSCU Channel is required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
32-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Note: CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2,
CAT 3 SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
32-42-06 Tachometer
Ident.: MI-32-42-00007742.0003001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
Note: If aircraft is not fitted with the configuration described, consider the item NO DISPATCH.
32-42-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The yellow hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated.
3) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-43-00-040-001
32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The yellow hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated.
3) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-43-00-040-001
32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the BSCU system 1 and the BSCU system 2
are operative.
32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the BSCU system 1 and the BSCU system 2
are operative.
32-45-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The aircraft is not towed if the STBY motor is affected and when the batteries supply the
aircraft, and;
3) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-45-00-040-001
32-47-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the ground brake cooling time is applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-47-01A Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit (BTMU)
32-48-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-48-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
Note: One Nose Wheel Steering Control System is required for CAT III Dual
32-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative for three flights provided that:
1) The failure is detected by the BSCU (the WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT alert is displayed
on the EWD), and
2) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
3) The runway is not contaminated, and
4) The crosswind component is below 20 kt at departure and arrival airports.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Note: For nose wheel steering offset, Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG L/G Operation
with Nosewheel Steering Offset.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-01A Nose Wheel Steering Control System
32-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative (no disconnection is possible).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb
32-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
32-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN alert and the L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED alert are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-61-00-040-001
33-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
33-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
Dim lighting may be inoperative provided that the bright lighting is operative.
33-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
Bright lighting may be inoperative for night operation.
33-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
33-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT BELT SIGNS selector
33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE
SIGNS selector
33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE
SIGNS selector
33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 21 11 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.
33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 27 14 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.
33-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 90 45 No
(o) One or more lights may be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for the cabin attendants to perform their duties, and
2) The lighting is sufficient to charge the photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-20-01A Cabin General Illumination
33-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 114 57 No
(o) One or more lights may be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for the cabin attendants to perform their duties, and
2) The lighting is sufficient to charge the photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-20-01A Cabin General Illumination
33-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
33-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more NAV 2 lights may be inoperative.
33-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the Strobe lights are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-40-08A Beacon light
33-40-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
33-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No
A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in one or more signs.
33-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 8 No
A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in one or more signs.
33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 5 No
A maximum of three non-adjacent overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.
33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 17 14 No
A maximum of three non-adjacent overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.
33-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the associated exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
33-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 6 5 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the associated exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
33-51-05A Aircraft equipped with Photo Luminescent Floor Path Marking System
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
May be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The length of each affected section does not exceed 0.5 m, and
2) The affected sections are not opposite each other, and
3) The distance between each affected section is more than 2 m, and
4) No more than two sections per cabin zone are affected, and
5) The sections marking right angle intersections, including cross-aisles and overwing exits,
are operative, and
6) All sections within one meter of the strips marking right angle intersections are operative.
33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
Ident.: MI-33-51-00007673.0007001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
Ident.: MI-33-51-00007673.0001001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
33-51-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
33-51-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
34-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
ADR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
IR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
RA 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) ADR 2 or ADR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative ADRs pb-sw are
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw
34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw
Ident.: MI-34-01-01-00008513.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
34-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) IR 2 or IR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative IRs pb-sw are
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw
34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Refer to PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector
34-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
Note: Two Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD are required for:
‐ RNP AR.
34-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-06A Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
Note: Six Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD are required for:
‐ RNP AR.
34-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-07A Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
Note: Nº1+Nº2+STBY Attitude Indication are required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual) Operation
Note: Two Attitude Indication on the PFD are required for:
‐ RNP AR.
Note: One Attitude Indication on the PFD (PF side) is required for:
‐ RNP APCH.
34-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-08A Attitude Indication on the PFD
34-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the affected system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-03 GNSS Landing System (GLS), or
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS), or
Refer to Item 34-50-04 DME, or
Refer to Item 34-50-06 MARKER, or
Refer to Item 34-50-09 Global Positioning System (GPS).
34-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-01A Ground Speed Indication on the ND
Note: Two True Air Speed Indication on the ND are required for:
‐ RNP AR.
34-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-02A True Air Speed Indication on the ND
34-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-03A Wind Indication on the ND
Note: Two Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND are required for:
‐ RNAV 10;
‐ RNAV 5;
‐ RNAV 1/RNAV 2;
‐ RNP 4;
‐ RNP 2;
‐ RNP 1;
‐ RNP APCH.
34-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-05A Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND
34-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-10-02 ADR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008542.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
34-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The IR 1, IR 3, ADR 1 and ADR 3 are operative, and
2) The takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-02B ADR 2
34-10-03 ADR 3
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008545.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
34-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the IR 1, IR 2, ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-03A ADR 3
34-10-05 IR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008549.0002001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
34-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The F/O or the STBY Angle Of Attack sensor may be inoperative provided that the
associated ADR is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2, or
Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3
34-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 3 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 2 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
5) The TAS indication on the ND 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-11-02A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element
Connected to the ADR 1
34-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 1 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 1 and the ADR 2 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-11-03A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element
Connected to the ADR 3
34-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both CAPT TAT sensor elements are operative, and
2) The ADR 1 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
3) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
4) The TAS indications on the ND 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-11-04A F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected
to the ADR 2
34-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-21-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: If aircraft is not fitted with the configuration described, consider the item NO DISPATCH.
34-22-01B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator
34-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
34-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: If aircraft is not fitted with the configuration described, consider the item NO DISPATCH.
34-23-04B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Continued on the following page
34-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-30-03A GNSS Landing System (GLS)
Note: Two ILS Receiver are required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
Note: One AUTO CALLOUT RADIO ALTIMETER, are required for: CAT II / III (Single or Dual)
34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout
Note: One Radio Altimeter (but 2 DISPLAYS) is required for: CAT II Operation
Note: Two Radio Atimeter are required for:
‐ RNP AR Operation.
‐ CAT III (Single or Dual) Operation
34-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that both FCU channels, all ELACs, SECs, ADIRUs,
SFCCs, LGCIUs and FACs are operative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN), and
Verify Landing Capabilities Table: Refer to HOW Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3
SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)
Continued on the following page
34-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-40-10 ROW/ROP
Ident.: MI-34-40-00015154.0001001 / 21 NOV 17
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH,
PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
34-40-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-40-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
34-50-01 ATC
Ident.: MI-34-50-00021892.0001001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-01A ATC
34-50-03 ADF
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008705.0001001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
34-50-03 ADF
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008705.9001002 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
34-50-04 DME
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008706.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-05 VOR
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008707.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-06 MARKER
Ident.: MI-34-50-00009155.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that approach procedures do not require marker fixes.
34-50-09D One inoperative for aircraft with ATC standard including ADS-B OUT function
DO260 or DO260B compliant
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Verify PBN Table: Refer to HOW Performance-Based Navigation (PBN)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-09D Global Positioning System (GPS)
Continued on the following page
34-50-10 ADS-B OUT Function - POST MOD 156083 or POST STC: ST043662AT
Ident.: MI-34-50-00015320.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
35-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The MANUAL Control of the passengers oxygen masks is checked operative, and
2) The operating altitude is limited to FL 300.
Continued on the following page
35-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked by direct
reading before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-01A Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 35-10-00-040-001
35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the
first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL (1)(2)(1+2) LO PR Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 35-10-00-040-002
35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned mask operative.
35-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
One must be operative for each pilot.
35-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be missing or damaged.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-10-03A Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green
Disc)
35-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated lavatory door is placarded inoperative and locked closed, and
2) The lavatory is not used for storage or any other purpose.
Note: For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit
Note: For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit
35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 5 1 No
One must be available.
35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 1 No
One must be available.
35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 1 No
One must be available.
Note: If Portable Oxygen Unit is used with one or more Oxygen mask, in addition
Refer to Item 35-30-04 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Mask
Note: If Portable Oxygen Unit is used with one or more Oxygen mask, in additionRefer to Item
35-30-04 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Mask
35-30-04C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 12 6 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) At Least one mask per potable oxygen bottle is available, and
2) At least each attendant must have one Cabin Oxygen Mask available closer to station
occupied.
36-00-01F
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
36-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
36-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
36-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
36-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
36-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-04 Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve
36-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: The HP ground connection is near the engine 1 hazardous area. If the bleed air supply
system 2 is inoperative, it is better to use the APU bleed for engine start. If the APU bleed
is not available, a ground cart can be used as long as the pneumatic pipe is kept out of the
hazardous area.
36-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected engine bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
36-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-08A BMC 1 inoperative with APU bleed check valve replaced by a blanking cap
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
BMC 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The engine 1 bleed air supply system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System, and
3) The APU bleed check valve is replaced by a blanking cap.
Refer to Item 36-22-03A APU bleed check valve replaced by a blanking cap
36-11-08G BMC 1 inoperative with APU bleed check valve checked operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No
BMC 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The engine 1 bleed air supply system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System, and
3) The AIR APU BLEED LEAK alert and the APU LEAK FED BY ENG line were not
displayed during the previous flight, and
4) The APU bleed check valve is checked operative.
Refer to Item 36-22-03E APU bleed check valve checked operative
36-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-01A APU Bleed Air Supply System
36-12-02C Inoperative in the open position for ETOPS 120 min flight
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative in the open position for four flights provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The FWD ACT is empty or not installed, and
3) The APU is not used in flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-02C APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the open position)
36-12-02C Inoperative in the open position for ETOPS 120 min flight
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative in the open position for four flights provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is not used in flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-02C APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the open position)
36-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the APU bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
36-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the manual control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-04A Automatic control of the X Bleed Valve
36-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the automatic control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-05A Manual Control of the X Bleed Valve
36-22-03B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AIR APU BLEED LEAK alert was not displayed during the previous flight, and
3) The ENG 1 BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The PACK 1 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-22-03B APU Leak Detection Loop
Continued on the following page
46-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-11-01A Electronic Flight Bag (EFB)
46-11-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) Both may be inoperative provided all flight manuals and navigation charts required for flight
are on board.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-11-01B Eletronic Flight Bag (EFB)
46-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-11-02A EFB Docking Station
Continued on the following page
46-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-11-06A EFB Mounting Device
46-11-06B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
(o) Both may be inoperative provided all flight manuals and navigation charts required for flight
are on board.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-11-06B EFB Mounting Device
46-21-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that alternate procedures are used.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-05A COMPANY Datalink
47-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
49-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
APU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
49-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the N and the EGT indications are operative on the APU
SD page.
49-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
49-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the N indication is operative on the APU SD page.
49-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
49-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 9 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008677.9001002 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ,
PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB,
PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008677.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008679.9001002 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ,
PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB,
PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH,
PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008679.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
52-01-02-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-02-00008680.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
52-01-03-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on
the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)
52-01-03-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the CDLS normal system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System.
52-01-03-34A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative.
Note: For maintenance purpose only, the CDLS normal and the CDLS back-up systems
can be deactivated by performing the associated maintenance procedure.
Continued on the following page
52-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-07-05A Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-70-00-040-001
52-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-07-06A Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-70-00-040-004
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The number of passengers carried and their location in the cabin is in accordance with
the operational procedure, and
2) The affected exit is closed, latched and locked from the inside, and is placarded
inoperative, and
3) The affected exit is not used for passenger boarding, nor for any purpose whilst
passengers are on board, and
4) All the EXIT markings, signs and lights associated with the affected exit are obscured,
and
5) Alternate cabin safety procedures are used.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-01A Cabin Door
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-10-00-040-803
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 6 5 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The number of passengers carried and their location in the cabin is in accordance with
the operational procedure, and
2) The affected exit is closed, latched and locked from the inside, and is placarded
inoperative, and
3) The affected exit is not used for passenger boarding, nor for any purpose whilst
passengers are on board, and
4) All the EXIT markings, signs and lights associated with the affected exit are obscured,
and
5) Alternate cabin safety procedures are used.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-01A Cabin Door
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-10-00-040-803
52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 2 Yes
(o) (m) One or two may be inoperative on the same side for 5 flights provided that:
1) The number of passengers carried and their location in the cabin is in accordance with
the operational procedure, and
2) The affected exit is closed and placarded inoperative, and
3) All the EXIT markings, signs and lights associated with the affected exit are obscured,
and
4) Alternate cabin safety procedures are used, and
5) All other cabin doors are operative.
Continued on the following page
52-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 56 52 No
A maximum of one per door may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.
52-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 80 74 No
A maximum of one per door may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.
52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 6 5 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 6 5 No
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the absence of differential pressure is
confirmed before the opening of the associated cabin door.
Note: The placard should be visible from the inside and from the outside of the aircraft.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-08A CABIN PRESSURE light (on Cabin Doors)
52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the absence of differential pressure is
confirmed before the opening of the associated cabin door.
Note: The placard should be visible from the inside and from the outside of the aircraft.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-08A CABIN PRESSURE light (on Cabin Doors)
52-10-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) All the CABIN PRESSURE lights on cabin doors are placarded inoperative, and
2) The absence of differential pressure is confirmed before the opening of any cabin door.
Note: The placard should be visible from the inside and from the outside of the aircraft.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-10A Door Residual Differential Pressure Detection
52-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 11 No
A maximum of one locking hook or one spool per cargo door may be inoperative provided
that:
1) All the others have no damage, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
52-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected.
52-30-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 0 No
One or both on each cargo door may be inoperative for one flight.
52-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is in the fully open
position during loading and unloading operations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-30-07A Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light
52-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative or damaged provided that:
1) A safety hold device is used to maintain the cargo door in the open position during
loading and unloading operations, and
2) The associated cargo door is visually checked to be closed and locked.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-33-00-040-001
52-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
52-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that alternate procedures are used.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the buzzer sounds permanently.
Continued on the following page
52-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The CDLS keypad is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-04A CDLS Keypad
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-51-00-040-007
52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-05A CDLS Keypad LED
52-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
52-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
52-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-02A COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light
52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The cockpit door keypad is considered inoperative.
2) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative.
Refer to Item 52-51-04 CDLS Keypad
52-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided the interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-04A UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw
Note: A cockpit window with permitted minor damages (as described in the appropriate inspection
procedure) is considered operative. However, the vision through this cockpit window must
be acceptable to the flight crew.
56-10-01A For SGS (Ex SPS) Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)
and for PPG Windshields and for GKN Windshields (Only P/N GKN 06282 &
06283)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield external ply may be cracked for ten flights provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 56-10-01A Front Windshield
(m) Refer to AMM Task 56-10-00-040-001
56-10-01B For SGS (Ex SPS) Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)
and for PPG Windshields and for GKN Windshields (Only P/N GKN 06282 &
06283)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield may have burn spots in the bus bar area beyond the limits provided
that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Continued on the following page
56-10-01C For SGS (Ex SPS) Windshields (only P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield external ply may be cracked for one flight provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 56-10-01C Front Windshield
(m) Refer to AMM Task 56-10-00-040-001
56-10-01D For SGS (Ex SPS) Windshields (only P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield may have burn spots in the bus bar area beyond the limits provided
that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 56-10-01D Front Windshield
(m) Refer to AMM Task 56-10-00-040-001
Note: A cockpit window with permitted minor damages (as described in the appropriate inspection
procedure) is considered operative. However, the vision through this cockpit window must
be acceptable to the flight crew.
56-10-02A For Acrylic Window (LUCAS/ACT Supplier, P/N starting with NH)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No
(m) One or more lateral windows may have burn spots in the bus bar area provided that:
1) The diameter of the mark is less than 10 mm, and
2) The associated lateral window heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 56-10-00-040-002
56-10-02B For Glass Window (SGS (Ex SPS) Supplier (P/N starting with SPS) and PPG
Supplier (P/N starting with NP))
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 4 No
External ply may be cracked for one flight provided that:
1) The other lateral windows are not damaged, and
2) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Continued on the following page
Note: A cabin window with permitted minor damages (as described in the appropriate inspection
procedure) is considered operative.
56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 82 0 No
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Note: A cabin window with permitted minor damages (as described in the appropriate inspection
procedure) is considered operative.
56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 96 0 No
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Note: A cabin window with permitted minor damages (as described in the appropriate inspection
procedure) is considered operative.
56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 80 0 No
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.
70-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
70-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
ENG EIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
70-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
71-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that the associated fan cowl door latches are
checked closed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 71-09-01A ENG 1(2) FAN COWL NOT CLSD Alert
71-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The Fan Cowl Loss Prevention Mechanical system is inhibited, and
2) The associated fan cowl latches are checked closed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 71-13-01A Fan Cowl Loss Prevention Mechanical System
(m) Refer to AMM Task 71-13-00-040-816
73-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that the Fuel Flow 1+2 Indication on the FUEL SD page is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-07-05-01 Fuel Flow 1+2 Indication on the FUEL SD Page
73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
73-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be displayed.
73-09-04A FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle displayed and no fuel filter replacement
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be displayed for a maximum of 3 flights or 6 flight hours, whichever occurs first,
provided that:
1) The associated FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER PARTLY CLOGGED alert was not displayed
during the previous flight on the EWD.
73-09-04B FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle displayed and fuel filter replacement
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 100 flight
hours.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 73-34-00-040-803
Continued on the following page
73-09-04D FUEL STRAINER SENSOR subtitle displayed and fuel filter replacement
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated FUEL STRAINER SENSOR subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The associated fuel filter is replaced .
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 73-34-00-040-803
73-09-04A FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle displayed and no fuel filter replacement
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be displayed for a maximum of 3 flights or 6 flight hours, whichever occurs first,
provided that:
1) The associated FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER DEGRAD alert was not displayed during the
previous flight on the EWD.
73-09-04B FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle displayed and fuel filter replacement
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER SENSOR subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 100 flight
hours.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 73-34-00-040-803
73-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be displayed for 10 consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER PARTLY CLOGGED alert is not displayed for the same
engine, and
2) The ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR FAULT alert is not displayed for the other engine.
73-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be displayed for 10 consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER DEGRAD alert is not displayed for the same engine, and
2) The ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR FAULT alert is not displayed for the other engine.
73-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated HP FUEL VALVE NOT OPEN subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The affected engine can start.
73-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be displayed provided that there is no disagreement between the
associated engine identification contained in the FADEC and the identification written on the
engine plate.
Continued on the following page
73-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that the maximum thrust is used for
takeoff.
73-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance penalties are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground
73-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be inoperative for 6 flights.
74-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B)
FAULT alert is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-07-01A Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Note: In the case of a failure downstream of the EEC, Ignition System A may be
recovered by application of AMM task 74-31-00-040-804. After application of the
maintenance task, the system B is inoperative.
Refer to Item 74-31-02 Ignition System B
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-01A Ignition System A
74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Note: If the ENG 1(2) START FAULT [ENG 1(2) IGN A FAULT] alert is triggered,
the Ignition System A may be recovered by application of AMM task
74-31-00-040-804. After application of the maintenance task, the system B is
inoperative.
Refer to Item 74-31-02 Ignition System B
Continued on the following page
74-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-02A Ignition System B
75-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be inoperative for 10 consecutive days or 150 flight hours, whichever occurs first.
75-24-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative for 10 flight cycles provided that:
1) The affected LPTACC valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
2) The associated engine takeoff EGT margin is above 5 °C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 75-24-03A LPTACC Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task 75-22-00-040-801
75-24-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected HPTACC valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
2) The associated engine takeoff EGT margin is above 15 °C.
Continued on the following page
76-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One may be inoperative on one engine for three days provided that:
1) The A/THR is operative, and
2) Both LGCIUs are operative, and
3) The L/G shock absorbers proximity detectors are operative.
77-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
77-08-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
78-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied, and
2) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
78-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied, and
2) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
78-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed provided that operation(s) CGH or SDU are not performed.
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV UNLOCKED alert and the ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert
associated with the inoperative thrust reverser are not displayed on the EWD after
deactivation, and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied, and;
5) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser
(m) Refer to AMM Task
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV UNLOCKED alert and the ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert
associated with the inoperative thrust reverser are not displayed on the EWD after
deactivation, and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied, and;
5) CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the ENG 1(2)
PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine oil low pressure
switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative and the dispatch is not
permitted.
79-07-02C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is operative, and
3) The associated oil quantity indication is operative on the ENGINE SD page.
79-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated oil quantity is checked before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-09-02D Filter replacement and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED not previously displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 150 flight
hours, and
3) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative when the filter is
replaced, and
4) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Continued on the following page
79-09-02F No Filter replacement and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED not previously
displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed for a maximum of 3 days or 30 flight hours, whichever occurs first,
provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER PARTLY CLOGGED was not displayed on the
EWD during the previous flight, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight, and
4) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-09-02D Filter replacement and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED not previously displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 150 flight
hours, and
3) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative when the filter is
replaced, and
4) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Continued on the following page
79-09-02F No Filter replacement and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED not previously
displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed for a maximum of 3 days or 30 flight hours, whichever occurs first,
provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight, and
4) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-09-04C False Alert and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED not previously displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 150 flight
hours, and
3) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative when the filter is
replaced, and
4) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight.
Continued on the following page
79-09-05C Oil filter change and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED alert not displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 150 flight
hours, and
2) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative when the filter is
replaced, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 79-35-00-040-808
80-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
80-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated start valve is checked closed
after the start of the affected engine.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that the start valve is manually closed after the start of the
affected engine.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 80-11-01A Start Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task
80-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
1439
Intentionally left blank
1440
MEL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A320/A321
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MO-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01A Autothrust (A/THR)................................................................................................................................ A
22-30-02A Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb..................................................................................................... B
MO-23 Communications
MO-23-01 Overhead Panels
MO-23-01-04 GND HF pb-sw
23-01-04-01A GND HF DATALINK pb-sw.............................................................................................................. A
MO-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01A Ground External Horn............................................................................................................................A
23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System.................................................................................... B
23-40-04A Service Interphone Jack........................................................................................................................C
MO-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01B Cabin DEU B.................................................................................................................................... A
MO-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................. A
MO-25 Equipment/Furnishings
MO-25-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
25-07-01A Cabin Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page.....................................A
25-07-02A Cabin Door Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page.............................. B
MO-25-40 Lavatories
25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door..............................................................................................A
25-40-04A Toilet Waste Compartment Access Door.............................................................................................. B
MO-27-92 Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-01A Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake control system inoperative).................................................A
27-92-01B Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake 2 or speedbrakes 3 and 4 inoperative)............................... B
27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system inoperative)........................................C
27-92-02B Ground Spoiler Control System (Pair of spoilers 5 inoperative)............................................................D
27-92-02C Ground Spoiler Control System (Pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 or pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative)......E
Continued on the following page
MO-28 Fuel
MO-28-01 Overhead Panels
MO-28-01-02 FUEL ACT Overhead Panel
28-01-02-01A ACT XFR MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light ...................................................................................... A
28-01-02-03A ALL ACT pb-sw OVFL light .............................................................................................................B
28-01-02-31A ACT XFR selector ...........................................................................................................................C
MO-33 Lights
MO-33-01 Overhead Panels
MO-33-01-02 SIGNS Overhead Panel
33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT BELTS SIGNS selector............................................................................A
33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING SIGNS selector.......................................................................... B
33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE signs selector.................................................. C
MO-34 Navigation
MO-34-01 Overhead Panels
MO-34-01-01 ADIRS Overhead Panel
34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw........................................................................................................................................A
34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw........................................................................................................................................... B
34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector............................................................................................................................. C
MO-34-11 Sensors
34-11-02A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 1.................................... A
34-11-03A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 3.................................... B
34-11-04A F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 2........................................C
MO-35 Oxygen
MO-35-01 Overhead Panels
MO-35-01-01 OXYGEN Overhead Panel
35-01-01-31B MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb....................................................................................A
35-01-01-33A HI ALT LANDING pb-sw.................................................................................................................. B
MO-36 Pneumatic
MO-36-11 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-01A(E) Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-ETOPS flights).....................................................................A
36-11-01B(F) Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)............................................................................B
36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve............................................................................................................... C
36-11-07B Engine Bleed HP Valve.........................................................................................................................D
Continued on the following page
MO-52 Doors
MO-52-01 Overhead Panels
MO-52-01-01 CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel.................................................... A
52-01-01-02A STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel.............................. B
Continued on the following page
MO-74 Ignition
MO-74-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page
74-07-01A Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page............................................................................A
MO-75 Air
MO-75-24 Turbine Case Cooling (TCC) System
75-24-03A Low Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control (LPTACC) Valve....................................................... A
75-24-04A High Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control (HPTACC) Valve......................................................B
MO-78 Exhaust
MO-78-09 ECAM Alerts
78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert..............................................................................................A
78-09-01A(C) ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert.........................................................................................B
GENERAL INFORMATION
Two amber crosses replace the cabin zone temperature indications on the COND SD page.
Refer to Item 21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page
The INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page may display the LAV DET message.
The cabin zone temperature regulation is lost.
The Air Conditioning System Controller commands FWD and AFT cabin ducts temperature using
the position of the FWD CABIN selector and the AFT CABIN selector on the AIR COND overhead
panel.
Slight effect on cabin comfort may occur.
The cockpit temperature regulation is still operative.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
In the case of continuous operation of the lavatory and galley extraction fan, or in the case of
"burning smell" associated with the inoperative lavatory and galley extraction fan:
‐ AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL (122VU U21) C/B .......................Pull
‐ AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY (122VU U19) C/B .....................Pull
21-26-01A Avionics Blower Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Ident.: MO-21-26-00008831.0001001 / 08 AUG 13
Applicable to: ALL
21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Ident.: MO-21-26-00009184.0001001 / 20 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
Continued on the following page
21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Ident.: MO-21-26-00009184.0004001 / 20 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
Note: Avionics smoke may be not perceptible from the cockpit due to the opening of the
internal flap of the valve.
In the case of AVIONICS SMOKE alert:
Apply the ECAM procedure even if the smoke is not perceptible.
21-26-06A
Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve
21-26-06B
Ident.: MO-21-26-00008859.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
Note: In the case of a low pressure in the avionics compartment ventilation ducts, the weather
radar image may not be displayed on the ND on ground.
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb
IN FLIGHT
In the case of an air conditioning pack failure:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft (3 000 m), and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw............................................................................................................OFF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The FWD Cargo Heating and the ventilation in the FWD cargo compartment are not available.
Ensure that the FWD cargo compartment does not contain materials sensitive to important
temperature variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
In that respect, for live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ANN LT selector .......................................................................................................................TEST
Check that the FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light comes on.
ANN LT selector ............................................................................................................ BRT or DIM
FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw .......................................................................................................... OFF
Check that the FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light does not come on.
If the FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light comes on:
The FWD cargo isolation valves must be secured in the closed position. Refer to Item
21-28-02B FWD Cargo Isolation Valve
Disregard the COND FWD CRG ISOL VALVE alert displayed on the EWD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the FWD cargo isolation valve is deactivated in the closed position, the COND SD page
displays the FWD cargo isolation valve in the green open position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The FWD Cargo Heating and the ventilation in the FWD cargo compartment are not available.
Ensure that the FWD cargo compartment does not contain materials sensitive to important
temperature variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
In that respect, for live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the FWD ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light.
Disregard the COND FWD CRG ISOL VALVE alert displayed on the EWD.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
‐ Set the LDG ELEV selector on the CABIN PRESS panel at the destination airport altitude.
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV MAN message is displayed .
GENERAL INFORMATION
The hot air pressure regulating valve automatically closes.
The Flow Control Valve on the affected side operates in pneumatic backup mode.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the FWD cargo heating is installed:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AIR COND HOT AIR pb-sw........................................................................................................ OFF
Note: ‐ Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when
the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
‐ The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve
is closed combined with single pack operation.
21-63-02A Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve (Affected valve checked closed)
Ident.: MO-21-63-00008893.0002001 / 18 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL
21-63-03B Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Trim air valve checked closed)
Ident.: MO-21-63-00009196.0002001 / 18 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the COND SD page, the hot air pressure regulating valve is displayed amber open.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw.......................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page, check that all the trim air valves are closed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM are not
permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one FMA is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
When both FMAs are affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
22-10-01A
Autopilot (AP)
22-10-01B
Ident.: MO-22-10-00008897.0001001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, the following RNP AR operations are not permitted:
• RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM
• RNP AR operations with a missed approach with an RNP value below 1 NM.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
When both APs are inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If both sides are affected:
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FOR TAKEOFF
For a takeoff without FDs:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SRP-01-30 No Flight Director Takeoff.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
BEFORE ENGINE START
‐ AP 1...........................................................................................................................................On
‐ Operative take-over pb......................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the red AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.
‐ AP 2...........................................................................................................................................On
‐ Operative take-over pb......................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the red AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.
BEFORE APPROACH
If the AP is used for approach:
The operative AP disconnect pb must be assigned to the PF.
22-10-04B
Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function (Both inoperative)
22-10-05B
Ident.: MO-22-10-00008900.0001001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both lights are inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of a TCAS Resolution Advisory, the flight crew must apply the basic TCAS procedure.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-SURV [MEM] TCAS WARNINGS
FOR GO-AROUND
Set and maintain TOGA until thrust reduction altitude.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
‐ Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 s.
The A/THR system is permanently disconnected for the entire flight.
‐ Check that A/THR INOP SYS is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.
The purpose of the procedure is to check the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive
Disconnect pb and via the A/THR pb on the FCU.
AFTER IRS ALIGNMENT
Note: Disregard alerts during the test. Use the EMER CANCEL pb on the ECAM control panel
as necessary.
Aircraft configuration for the check via the FMS 1:
‐ ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2.............................................................................................ON
‐ Both thrust levers................................................................................................................... MCT
‐ FD.............................................................................................................................................. Off
‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121 VU M17) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................ On
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications appear on the PFD.
‐ Check that A/THR pb light bars are ON.
Continued on the following page
The purpose of the procedure is to check the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive
Disconnect pb and via the A/THR pb on the FCU.
AFTER IRS ALIGNMENT
Note: Disregard alerts during the test. Use the EMER CANCEL pb on the ECAM control panel
as necessary.
Aircraft configuration for the check via the FMS 1:
‐ ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2.............................................................................................ON
‐ Both thrust levers................................................................................................................... MCT
‐ FD.............................................................................................................................................. Off
‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121 VU M17) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................ On
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications appear on the PFD.
‐ Check that A/THR pb light bars are ON.
Check of the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb:
‐ A/THR instinctive disconnect pb (non affected autothrust)....................................................Push
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are OFF.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are no more displayed on the PFD.
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................ On
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are ON.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are displayed on the PFD.
Continued on the following page
22-60-02A FAC 2
Ident.: MO-22-60-00008906.0001001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
ON GROUND
If the AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
or
If erroneous speeds are displayed:
‐ AUTO FLT/FAC 2/28VDC (121VU M19) C/B....................................................................Pull
‐ FAC 2 pb-sw.....................................................................................................................OFF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew must ensure that windshear conditions are not likely to be encountered at
departure, destination or alternate airfields, having regard to actual and forecast weather
conditions.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of perceivable windshear:
Apply memory actions associated to a windshear event. Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-SURV [MEM]
WINDSHEAR WARNING - REACTIVE WINDSHEAR.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
22-70-01A
Flight Management System (FMS)
22-70-01B
Ident.: MO-22-70-00008913.0001001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of FMS 1+2 failure:
MCDU NAV B/UP .................................................................................................................Use
Refer to FCOM/DSC-22_20-60-130 MCDU Back Up Navigation.
22-70-01C
Flight Management System (FMS) (Flight within radio navaids)
22-70-01D
Ident.: MO-22-70-00021668.0002001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
If the NAV BACK/UP function is inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the navigation database procedure intended to be flown is identical to the current
aeronautical information (charts):
Use the procedure of the out of date navigation database.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If APPR pb is inoperative:
RNP APCH operations down to LNAV/VNAV minima are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
The following modes remain available for approach:
‐ NAV/FPA
‐ TRK/FPA
‐ LOC/FPA (if LOC pb is available)
‐ The manual mode in RAW data.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If range 10 NM and range 20 NM are not available on one side:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If ROSE NAV and ARC modes are not available on one side:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
22-81-03-01A
FCU Channel
22-81-03-01B
Ident.: MO-22-81-03-00020730.0001001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-82-01A MCDU 1
Ident.: MO-22-82-00020731.0001001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-82-02A MCDU 2
Ident.: MO-22-82-00020732.0001001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-83-01A
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
22-83-01B
Ident.: MO-22-83-00008919.0001001 / 15 FEB 18
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the BACK/UP NAV function is inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B............................................................Pull
If ADS-B or EHS is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector........................................................................................................................ 2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B..................................................................................Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo cannot
be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
If ADS-B or EHS is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector........................................................................................................................ 1
22-83-01A
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
22-83-01B
Ident.: MO-22-83-00008919.0003001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-COM COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the HF1 system, apply:
COM HF1 (49 VU HA14) C/B ............................................................................................PULL
or
COM NAV/HF1 (121 VU L10) C/B .................................................................................... PULL
To deactivate the HF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/HF2 (121 VU L13) C/B .................................................................................... PULL
GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-COM COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the VHF1 system, apply:
COM/VHF/1 (49 VU G09) C/B ...........................................................................................PULL
To deactivate the VHF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/2 (121 VU L04) C/B ................................................................................. PULL
To deactivate the VHF3 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/3 (121 VU L05) C/B ................................................................................. PULL
23-10-02C
VHF Voice
23-10-02D
Ident.: MO-23-10-00008952.0002001 / 01 OCT 18
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Outside VHF coverage:
ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) over ACARS are not
available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 240 and
above for CPDLC and RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Outside VHF coverage:
‐ ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) over ACARS are not
available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 240
and above for CPDLC and RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of SATCOM or HF voice
communication on alternate route that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For operations that use FANS A aircraft capability:
If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are
lost
‐ Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 130, RCP 240 and above
for CPDLC and RSP 160, RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For operations that use FANS B aircraft capability:
If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ CPDLC over ATN is lost
‐ ATC datalink applications (DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) over ACARS are lost
‐ Required Communication Performance (Initial Continental Performance, RCP 130 for
CPDLC) capability is lost.
For operations that use FANS C aircraft capability:
If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ ATC datalink applications (CPDLC and ADS-C) over ATN are lost
‐ ATC datalink applications (DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are lost
‐ Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 130 and above for CPDLC
and RSP 160 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For aircraft equipped with the 4D Operations capability, 4D Operations are not permitted.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For operations that use FANS A aircraft capability:
If SATCOM datalink is operative:
Within VHF coverage, if SATCOM datalink is not permitted as an alternate subnetwork:
‐ CPDLC over ACARS is lost
‐ RCP 130, RCP 240 and above for CPDLC over ACARS is lost
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC may permit the use of alternate
communication means for operations that require FANS A aircraft capability via VHF
datalink.
If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are
lost
‐ Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 130, RCP 240 and above
for CPDLC and RSP 160, RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC may permit the use of alternate
communication means for operations that require FANS A aircraft capability via VHF
datalink.
For operations that use FANS B aircraft capability:
If SATCOM datalink is operative:
‐ CPDLC over ATN is lost
‐ Required Communication Performance (Initial continental Performance, RCP 130 for
CPDLC) capability is lost
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC permits the use of voice
communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft capability.
If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ CPDLC over ATN is lost
‐ ATC datalink applications (DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are lost
‐ Required Communication Performance (Initial Continental Performance, RCP 130 for
CPDLC) capability is lost
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC permits the use of voice
communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft capability.
Continued on the following page
ON GROUND
When the aircraft electrical network is supplied:
Monitor the avionics equipment ventilation in the cockpit.
BEFORE LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT
Set the three ADIRS Mode selectors to OFF.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Visual Communication shall be stablished between line maintenance personnel and flight crew.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Visual Communication shall be stablished between line maintenance personnel and flight crew
GENERAL INFORMATION
One may be inoperative provided that the affected crewmember on cockipt duty wears a boomset
for the entire flight.
ON GROUND /N FLIGHT
Before attempt to open the cockpit door, the flight crew must establish communication with the
flight attendant via intercommunication (ACP) and also visually check the outside area using the
spy hole. This procedure must be accomplish for every request to open the door or exiting the
cockpit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
‐ general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
‐ Passenger Call is not available,
‐ The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt/No Portable Electric Device) Signs are not available.
IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fasten,
or
When smoking is prohibited,
or
When portable electric device use is prohibited,
Use the passenger address system to alert cabin attendants and passengers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Pior to flight, the Flight Attendant Leader must brief every flight attendant assigned to a position
with inoperative DEU B about the use of the other handset of the same pair of floor level exit
doors, under normal and emergency conditions.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Ensure that the passengers occupying the affected seats can clearly hear the passenger address
announcements.
Otherwise, the affected seat must not be occupied and must be placarded inoperative. Refer to
Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat.
Note: When one loudspeaker adjacent to the inoperative loudspeaker is operative, it ensures
that passengers can hear passenger announcements.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Prior to departure, the Pilot in Command shall brief the Flight Attendant Leader about this MEL
item and introduct him (her) to assign one cabin crew member to check constantely of affected
lavatory. During the flight, whenever the seat belts sign comes on and if it is safety to do so the
Flight Attendant must verify if the affected lavatory is occupied. If so, the Flight Attendant shall
knock on the door and request the passenger to return to his (her) seat and after that, must to
return to his (her) station and faster his (her) seat belt.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Prior to flight, the Flight Attendant Leader must brief every flight attendant assigned to a position
with inoperative handset about the use of the other handset of the same pair of floor level exit
doors, under normal emergency conditions.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) (If available).
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground crew.
PARKING
If the APU is not available:
‐ EXT PWR pb......................................................................................................................ON
‐ Confirm the external power connection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground
crew before engine shutdown.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED alert is displayed on the EWD:
‐ The AC ESS BUS SHED message may appear on the ELEC SD page,
‐ The CAPT AOA message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page,
‐ The ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG (49VU F14) C/B may trip.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
COM/HF1 (49VU HA14) C/B........................................................................................................ Pull
Check of the AC ESS BUS SHED:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ Check that the CAPT right DU is operative.
IN FLIGHT
If either the ANTI ICE F/O AOA alert or the ANTI ICE F/O PROBES alert is displayed on
the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
‐ ADR 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ AIR DATA sw................................................................................................................. F/O 3
Note: If the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
If either the ANTI ICE STBY AOA alert or the ANTI ICE STBY PROBES alert is displayed
on the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 3 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED alert is displayed on the EWD:
‐ The AC ESS BUS SHED message may appear on the ELEC SD page,
‐ The CAPT AOA message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page,
‐ The ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG (49VU H11) C/B may trip.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
COM/HF1 (49VU HA14) C/B........................................................................................................ Pull
Check of the AC ESS BUS SHED:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ Check that the CAPT right DU is operative.
IN FLIGHT
If either the ANTI ICE F/O AOA alert or the ANTI ICE F/O PROBES alert is displayed on
the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
‐ ADR 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ AIR DATA sw................................................................................................................. F/O 3
Note: If the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
If either the ANTI ICE STBY AOA alert or the ANTI ICE STBY PROBES alert is displayed
on the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 3 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
‐ PAX SYS pb-sw (in the VCC).........................................................................................OFF
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B........................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B......................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.
BEFORE ENGINE START
If the IDG 1(2) associated with the inoperative AC main generation 1(2) has been
disconnected:
Check that the DISC message is displayed on the ELEC SD page.
CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours
in the disconnected mode.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
24-26-02B GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Ident.: MO-24-26-00008979.0002001 / 12 NOV 20
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the SMOKE / FUMES / AVNCS SMOKE QRH procedure is applied, replace the action to
set the GALY & CAB pb-sw to OFF by the following actions:
‐ EMER EXIT LT selector........................................................................................As required
‐ COMMERCIAL pb-sw.......................................................................................................OFF
Note: When the COMMERCIAL pb-sw is set to OFF, the normal cabin lighting goes off.
Minimum cabin lighting is recovered when the EMER EXIT LT selector is set to ON.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the SMOKE / FUMES / AVNCS SMOKE QRH procedure is applied, replace the action to
set the COMMERCIAL pb-sw to OFF by the following actions:
‐ BUS TIE pb...................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/O PFDU, the F/O NDU, and the ECAM lower display are lost.
If the smoke persists:
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
‐ BUS TIE pb............................................................................................................. AUTO
Before the landing gear extension:
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw...................................................................................................................... On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
‐ BUS TIE pb....................................................................................................................AUTO
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
TR 1/CNTOR/SPLY (125VU CF01) C/B.......................................................................................Pull
On the ELEC SD page, disregard the indications related to the deactivated TR 1.
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 2 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF for the following check: On the battery voltage indicator, check
that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or above 25.5 V.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
TR 2/CNTOR/SPLY (124VU BC01) C/B...................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, disregard the indications related to the deactivated TR 2.
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 1and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF for the following check: On the battery voltage indicator, check
that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or above 25.5 V.
AC ESS FEED pb-sw................................................................................................................ALTN
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 2, all DUs are lost. In this case:
AC ESS FEED pb-sw..........................................................................................................Norm
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
RAT MAN ON pb-sw (on HYD overhead panel).................................................................... Set
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Do not start the APU.
Use a ground power unit to start the engines on ground.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
If BAT 1 is affected:
BAT 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................................... OFF
If BAT 2 is affected:
BAT 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................................... OFF
ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.
ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
DURING FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The F/O must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
Continued on the following page
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The third occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat with the inoperative backrest is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative backrest are placarded
inoperative and not used.
Note: May be inoperative provided the occupied seat is secured in the up-right position
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat with the inoperative backrest is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative backrest are placarded
inoperative and not used.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The required position by default for Taxi, Takeoff and Landing is the horizontal position. The seats
for which the armrest must be in a different position for Taxi, Takeoff and Landing are identified
with a placard visible from the associated seat.
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat with the inoperative armrest is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative armrest are placarded
inoperative and not used.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat with the inoperative armrest is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative armrest are placarded
inoperative and not used.
Continued on the following page
Ensure cabin cewmembers are briefed about affected seats position. Also inform that, baggage must
be stowed under another seat or in the overhead compartment.
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat affected by the inoperative meal table is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative meal table are
placarded inoperative and not used.
GENERAL INFORMATION
‐ The seat affected by the inoperative meal table is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative meal table are
placarded inoperative and not used.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Prior to departure, Flight Attendant Leader shall displace the flight attendants to assure at least
50% of the seats in each zone are visible to them. In such displacement, prioritize the seats
adjacent to the inoperative ones or the nearest flight attendant station or (preferably) passenger
seat available as convenient, in order to assure the minimum number of passenger seats visibility.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The direct view of passenger cabin by flight attendants pertains to direct visual contact between
the flight attendants and the passenger cabin. It is considered that at least 80 % of the total
number of passenger seats installed, 50 % of the seats in each divided zone, should be visible to
flight attendants.
The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat must occupy a passenger seat as close as
possible to the associatead exit.
Continued on the following page
25-35-01A
Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
25-35-01B
Ident.: MO-25-35-00009018.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE
BEFORE DEPARTURE
The cabin crew should ensure that the remaining galley waste receptacles are sufficient to
accommodate all waste that may be generated on a flight.
25-35-02A
Galley Waste Compartment Access Door
25-35-02B
Ident.: MO-25-35-00021066.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE
BEFORE DEPARTURE
The cabin crew should ensure that the remaining galley waste receptacles are sufficient to
accommodate all waste that may be generated on a flight.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
If any Lavatory Waste Receptable Door is inoperative, make sure that the affected lavatory door is
locked in closed position. Lavatory may be used only for Flight Crew duties or inspections. Flight
Attendants should be aware of the nearest Portable Fire Extinguishers location.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If any Lavatory Waste Receptable Door is inoperative, make sure that the affected lavatory door is
locked in closed position. Lavatory may be used only for Flight Crew duties or inspections. Flight
Attendants should be aware of the nearest Portable Fire Extinguishers location.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If necessary, the information will be given through the passenger address system or the cabin
interphone system.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Depending on the number of passenger seats installed, the number of required First Aid Kits is as
follows:
Number of passenger seats installed Number of First Aid Kits required
0 to 100 1
101 to 200 2
201 to 300 3
Azul A320NEO fleet has a LOPA configured between 101 and 200 seats. So the minimum
required / mandatory number are 02 kits
Azul A321NEO fleet has a LOPA configured between 201 and 300 seats. So the minimum
required / mandatory number are 03 kits
GENERAL INFORMATION
Flight Crew must inform cabin crew members of the location of the removed/missing survivalELT.
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Note: Disregard the FIRE light 1 located on the ENG MASTER panel (pedestal)
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight.
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Note: Disregard the FIRE light 2 located on the ENG MASTER panel (pedestal)
26-13-01A
APU Fire Detection Loop
26-13-01B
Ident.: MO-26-13-00015646.0001001 / 12 AUG 14
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
The APU fire test is made before each APU start.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard:
‐ on the VENTILATION overhead panel: the BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light and the EXTRACT
pb-sw FAULT light
‐ on the EMER ELEC PWR overhead panel: the GEN 1 LINE pb-sw SMOKE light
IN FLIGHT
In the case of an electrical smoke:
Apply the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure. Refer to QRH/ABN-27 Smoke / Fumes /
AVNCS Smoke - General.
26-17-01A
Lavatory Smoke Detection System
26-17-01B
Ident.: MO-26-17-00009028.0001001 / 26 FEB 21
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Pior to departure, the Pilot in Command shall brief the Flight Attendant Leader about the lavatory
with smoke detection system inoperative and request the establishment of following procedure to
be accomplished by cabin crew:
‐ During the safety speech (prior to takeoff) reinforce the prohibition of smoking in the affected
lavatory, and
‐ During the flight check absense of smell of burning and absence of smoke every period of 15
minutes is recommended periodically verify the affected lavatory.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Depending on the number of passenger seats installed, the number of required cabin portable fire
extinguisher is as follows:
Number of passenger seats installed Number of cabin portable
fire extinguishers required
7 to 30 1
31 to 60 2
61 to 200 3
201 to 300 4
27-22-01A
Rudder Trim System
27-22-01B
Ident.: MO-27-22-00009043.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENG 2 APPR IDLE ONLY message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLAPS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard and clear the F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
27-64-01A Spoiler 5
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009046.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009048.0045001 / 08 FEB 13
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.05.
AFTER ENGINE START
On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.
27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009048.0046001 / 14 MAY 13
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Continued on the following page
27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009051.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
AFTER ENGINE START
On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.10.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw........................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..............................................................Pull
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.20.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw........................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..............................................................Pull
IN FLIGHT
In the case of further failure of SEC 1 and SEC 2:
‐ Autoland is not permitted.
‐ Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law. As soon as the AP is
disengaged when the three SECs are failed, it cannot be engaged again.
‐ Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.
IN FLIGHT
Do not use the speedbrakes.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SLATS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard and clear the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the SFCC 2 Slat channel is deactivated, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the
SFCS 2 Flap channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1
with the ADR 2 airspeed coming from the SFCS 2 Slat channel. This may lead to an
uncommanded flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F
is not permitted when the SFCC 2 Slat channel is deactivated.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Refer to OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system
inoperative)
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If speedbrake n°2 is inoperative:
Apply performance penalties associated with the pair of spoilers 2 inoperative. Refer to
OpsProc 27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
If speedbrakes n°3 and n°4 are inoperative:
Apply performance penalties associated with two pairs of spoilers inoperative. Refer to
OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
IN FLIGHT
If speedbrakes n°3 and n°4 are inoperative:
Do not use the speedbrakes.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
Continued on the following page
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.40.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.50.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 are inoperative:
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
If the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 are inoperative:
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
27-93-01A ELAC 1
Ident.: MO-27-93-00009068.0002001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the AP 1 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
If the AP 2 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• Both Yellow and Green Engines Hydraulic Pumps with both Engines running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on both GREEN ENG 1 PUMP pb-sw and YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP
pb-sw in the following procedure.
If the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Note: 1. After application of the maintenance procedure, the following ECAM alerts remain
displayed on the EWD :
‐ C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY alert , and
‐ C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alert, and
‐ F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert.
2. After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed. It
normally disappears after second engine start.
Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
Continued on the following page
Note: Due to the fact that the ELAC 1 is not electrically supplied, the F/O take-over pb cannot
disengage the AP 1.
27-94-01A SEC 1
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009069.0001001 / 17 MAY 18
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• Both Yellow and Green Engine Hydraulic Pumps with both Engines running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on both GREEN ENG 1 PUMP pb-sw and YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP
pb-sw in the following procedure.
Note: After application of the maintenance procedure, the C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY and the
C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alerts are displayed on the EWD.
Check of the elevator control and roll spoilers control through the operative computers:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw ....................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw ............................................................................................................. AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw .....................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb ..............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw .............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw .............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw ...............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw ...............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s
Check of the elevator control through the ELAC 1:
Continued on the following page
27-94-02A SEC 2
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009070.0001001 / 17 MAY 18
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-03A SEC 3
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009071.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Deactivation of the SEC 3:
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw ..........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC 3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B ........................................................... Pull
IN FLIGHT
If the SEC 1 and the SEC 2 fail during the flight:
Autoland is not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law.
When the AP is disengaged with the three SECs failed, it cannot be engaged again.
27-95-02A FCDC 2
Ident.: MO-27-95-00009072.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
If a manual transfer from the ACT to the CTR tank is necessary:
‐ Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-FUEL [QRH] ACT XFR FAULT.
‐ On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel transfer.
IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel transfer from ACTs to the center tank.
If the center tank is full (> 5 750 kg, 12 680 lb):
ALL ACT pb-sw....................................................................................................................ISOL
When the FUEL ACT XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
ALL ACT pb-sw.............................................................................................................. Auto
AFTER TAKEOFF
40 min after takeoff:
Check that the transfer from the ACTs to the CTR tank has started.
If no transfer or if FUEL ACT XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard the procedure associated with the FUEL ACT XFR FAULT alert.
Fuel is trapped in the ACTs.
ALL ACT pb...................................................................................................................ISOL
CTR TK L XFR...............................................................................................................OFF
CTR TK R XFR.............................................................................................................. OFF
USE ONLY WING TANK FUEL TO KEEP CG WITHIN LIMITS
Continued on the following page
CAUTION Disregard FMS fuel predictions as usable fuel is limited to wings only.
After failure detection, land before the maximum flight time allowed by the
table.
Number of refuelled ACTs at dispatch
1 2 3
FWD ACT XFR - - 120 min
failed
AFT2 ACT XFR - 120 min 170 min
failed
AFT1 ACT XFR 120 min 170 min 200 min
failed
28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MO-28-07-01-00009110.0001001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND
The FQI is in degraded mode when the FOB indication is displayed with two dashes across the
two last digits on the EWD.
When the FQI is in degraded mode:
On the FUEL SD page, determine which tank is affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following
parameters:
1. Fq : The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
2. W: The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Fq and W parameters are given as follows :
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
(Values in kg)
Fq (kg) W (kg)
OUTER TANK 20 200
INNER TANK 110 110
CENTER TANK 130 130
ALL TANKS 390 750
Continued on the following page
28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MO-28-07-01-00009110.0004001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND
The FQI is in degraded mode when the FOB indication is displayed with two dashes across the
two last digits on the EWD.
When the FQI is in degraded mode:
On the FUEL SD page, determine which tank is affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following
parameters:
1. Fq : The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
2. W: The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Fq and W parameters are given as follows :
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
(Values in kg)
Fq (kg) W (kg)
WING TANK 130 310
CENTER TANK 130 130
ALL TANKS 390 750
28-07-01-03A
Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-03C
Ident.: MO-28-07-01-00009111.0001001 / 04 NOV 15
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI).
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/EFB-LOD-FUL USE OF MANUAL
MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI) - GENERAL
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
40 MIN AFTER TAKEOFF
Apply ACT XFR Fault procedure (Refer to QRH/ABN-21 ACT XFR Fault)
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI).
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If FWD ACT fuel quantity indication is inoperative on the FUEL SD page:
FWD ACT must be empty.
If AFT2 ACT fuel quantity indication is inoperative on the FUEL SD page:
FWD ACT and AFT2 ACT must be empty.
If AFT1 ACT fuel quantity indication is inoperative on the FUEL SD page:
All ACTs must be empty.
If FWD ACT and AFT2 ACT fuel quantity indications are inoperative on the FUEL SD
page:
FWD ACT and AFT2 ACT must be empty.
If FWD ACT and AFT1 ACT fuel quantity indications are inoperative on the FUEL SD
page:
All ACTs must be empty.
If AFT1 ACT and AFT2 ACT fuel quantity indications are inoperative on the FUEL SD
page:
All ACTs must be empty.
If all ACTs fuel quantity indications are inoperative on the FUEL SD page:
All ACTs must be empty.
IN FLIGHT
When any inner tank fuel quantity reaches 750 kg (1 650 lb) of fuel:
On the FUEL SD page, check the associated outer tank transfer.
28-09-01A
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP Alert
28-09-01B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009116.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff and shut down the engine on the affected side.
In flight:
‐ Increase the engine fuel flow on the affected side.
‐ If necessary use the APU GEN and switch off the IDG on the affected side (if the
opposite GEN is available).
28-09-01A
FUEL L(R) WING TK HI TEMP Alert
28-09-01B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009116.0004001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff and shut down the engine on the affected side.
Continued on the following page
28-09-02A
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP Alert
28-09-02B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009117.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
In flight:
Consider descending to a lower altitude and/or increasing the mach to increase the TAT.
28-09-02A
FUEL L(R) WING TK LO TEMP Alert
28-09-02B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009117.0004001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
Continued on the following page
AFTER TAKEOFF
40 min after takeoff:
Check that the transfer from the ACTs to the CTR tank has started.
If no transfer:
Apply ACT XFR Fault procedure. Refer to QRH/ABN-21 ACT XFR Fault
IN FLIGHT
Monitor fuel transfer from the ACTs to the CTR tank.
If automatic transfer fails:
Apply ACT XFR Fault procedure. Refer to QRH/ABN-21 ACT XFR Fault
GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the outer tank of the
affected wing will be partially empty with the transfer valves normally closed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Fuel management should be performed with care.
ON GROUND AND IN FLIGHT
After a long taxi or if the outside air temperature is high, with the outer tank of the
affected wing empty:
The FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert may be displayed on the EWD.
If the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert is displayed on the EWD:
‐ Disregard the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert.
‐ Monitor the inner tank fuel temperature during taxi and in flight to ensure that it
decreases and remains within the temperature limitations.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature
Limits.
‐ If the inner tank fuel temperature exceeds the temperature limitations, apply the FUEL
L(R) INNER TK HI TEMP procedure: Refer to OpsProc 28-09-01A(B) FUEL L(R)
INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in both outer
tanks will transfer to the inner tanks even when the inner tanks are not empty.
ON GROUND
Check that the associated wing transfer valves are indicated open on the FUEL SD page.
28-15-01A
LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)
28-15-01C
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009088.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one or both wing transfer valves are inoperative in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the
outer tank on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not
empty. The FCOM Maximum Fuel Imbalance does not apply if one or both wing transfer
valves are inoperative in the open position.
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in both
outer tanks will transfer to the inner tanks even when the inner tanks are not empty. The
FCOM Maximum Fuel Imbalance does not apply if one wing transfer valve is secured in the
open position.
ON GROUND
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
Check that the wing transfer valve is indicated open on the FUEL SD page.
28-15-01B LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009089.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
28-15-02A
RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)
28-15-02C
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009090.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one or both wing transfer valves are inoperative in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the
outer tank on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not
empty. The FCOM Maximum Fuel Imbalance does not apply if one or both wing transfer
valves are inoperative in the open position.
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in both
outer tanks will transfer to the inner tanks even when the inner tanks are not empty. The
FCOM Maximum Fuel Imbalance does not apply if one wing transfer valve is secured in the
open position.
ON GROUND
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
Check that the wing transfer valve is indicated open on the FUEL SD page.
28-15-02B RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009091.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
28-21-01A
Wing Tank Pump
28-21-01B
Ident.: MO-28-21-00020953.0001001 / 31 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
28-22-01A
APU Fuel Pump
28-22-01B
Ident.: MO-28-22-00009097.0001001 / 21 NOV 17
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
‐ Disregard the FUEL CTR L(R) XFR FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw ................................................................................................................. Auto
‐ Operative CTR TK L(R) XFR pb-sw ........................................................................................ On
‐ Affected CTR TK L(R) XFR pb-sw ........................................................................................ OFF
When differences between fuel quantities in two wings is above 1 500 kg (3 300 lb):
Monitor the fuel imbalance.
Note: Apply the FUEL IMBALANCE FCOM procedure as required provided that no fuel
leak is suspected. Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-FUEL [QRH] FUEL IMBALANCE.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the FUEL L(R) WING TK OVERFLOW alert is displayed on the EWD:
When the ECAM procedure requires to set ALL ACT pb-sw to ISOL, the action on the pb-sw
will not isolate the ACT as the ACT transfer valve is failed open.
In order to isolate all the ACTs, the following actions have to be performed:
‐ ACT XFR selector............................................................................................................ OFF
‐ ACT XFR MODE SEL pb-sw...........................................................................................MAN
When CTR TK fuel quantity reaches 3 t :
Apply FUEL ACT XFR FAULT procedure
When CTR TK is empty
Resume FUEL L(R) WING TK OVERFLOW procedure
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
1. Ensure that correct weights are entered in the FMGC associated with the affected FQIC
channel.
2. In the case of failure in-flight of the remaining FQIC channel, all fuel quantities indications on the
EWD are lost.
TAXI
Note: Due to a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert displayed on the EWD, the "T.O
CONFIG NORMAL” line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O
MEMO.
Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no
alert except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.
ON GROUND
If the pump continuously runs and does not stop when set to off:
DOORS/CARGO (T12 on 122 VU) C/B.................................................................................Pull
If unsuccessful:
‐ Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM (AB 03 on 123 VU) C/B.................................................Pull
‐ Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP (AB 06 on 123 VU) C/B............................................................ Pull
Note: 1. If the pump continuously runs on the ground, there is a potential overheat
situation.
2. The reset of the C/Bs must be limited to the time required to open or close the
cargo doors.
GENERAL INFORMATION
A higher idle speed is set on both engines when the alert ANTI-ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULTis
displayed on EWD with the ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle displayed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) ENG 1 CTL FAULTand ENG 2 CTL ENG 1(2) CTL FAULTdisplayed
FAULTdisplayed
5 000 2.1 % 1.1 %
10 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
15 000 2.1 % 1.1 %
20 000 2.1 % 1.0 %
25 000 4.7 % 2.4 %
30 000 4.9 % 2.5 %
35 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
40 000 1.8 % 0.9 %
GENERAL INFORMATION
A higher idle speed is set on both engines when the alert ANTI-ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULTis
displayed on EWD with the ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle displayed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) ENG 1 CTL FAULTand ENG 2 CTL ENG 1(2) CTL FAULTdisplayed
FAULTdisplayed
5 000 2.2 % 1.1 %
10 000 2.2 % 1.1 %
15 000 2.8 % 1.4 %
20 000 2.2 % 1.1 %
25 000 2.1 % 1.1 %
30 000 2.1 % 1.1 %
35 000 2.1 % 1.0 %
40 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
Fuel penalties 6.6 % 7.0 % 7.0 % 7.0 % 6.6 % 3.1 % 3.1 % 2.9 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Continued on the following page
30-21-01A
Engine Anti-Ice Valve (Inop in the closed position)
30-21-01D
Ident.: MO-30-21-00018143.0001001 / 27 NOV 15
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the CAPT alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY AOA ECAM procedure.
In the case of failure of the F/O alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE F/O+STBY AOA ECAM procedure.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard and clear the ANTI ICE CAPT L(R) STAT alert associated with the CAPT static ports
heater(s) inoperative for the dispatch.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AIR DATA selector.................................................................................................................... F/O 3
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the CAPT alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE CAPT+F/O AOA ECAM procedure.
In the case of failure of the STBY alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE F/O+STBY AOA ECAM procedure.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AIR DATA selector ...................................................................................................................F/O 3
IN FLIGHT
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the CAPT alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY AOA ECAM procedure.
In the case of failure of the F/O alpha probe heater:
Apply ANTI ICE F/O+STBY AOA ECAM procedure.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the wiper and the rain repellent are inoperative or deactivated on the PF side:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the windshield wiper on the CAPT side is continuously running:
ANTI ICE/WIPER/CAPT (122VU X12) C/B.........................................................................PULL
Pull the C/B when the wiper is in a position that maintains the flight crew's visibility.
If the windshield wiper on the F/O side is continuously running:
ANTI ICE/F/O/WIPER (122VU W12) C/B........................................................................... PULL
Pull the C/B when the wiper is in a position that maintains the flight crew's visibility.
On the PF side, when the wiper is deactivated and the rain repellent is inoperative or
not installed :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
IN FLIGHT
The presence of ice in the vicinity of the windshield and on the wipers is periodically checked.
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are expected during night operations:
Refer to AFM/LIM-70 Operations in Icing Conditions
ON GROUND
Within 5 min after the aircraft is electrically supplied
or
After the first engine start:
CVR TEST pb.................................................................................................................. PRESS
AFTER LANDING
To stop CVR recording, if needed:
COM/CVR/SPLY (49 VU E14) C/B..................................................................................... PULL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
After any electrical power interruption resulting in the loss of the UTC on the SD:
Initialize the UTC and the date using the MCDU: Refer to FCOM/DSC-45-20 GMT/Date
Initialization.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both altitude alert functions are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
When the STS reminder appears at the bottom of the E/WD, or whenever the flight crew
wants to check the STATUS SD page:
1. Press the RCL pb to display the cleared alerts
2. Press the CLR pb as many times as necessary in order to automatically display the
STATUS SD page
3. Press the CLR pb when the STATUS SD page is checked to clear the STATUS SD page.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Check that the aircraft is in the correct takeoff configuration:
‐ FLAPS/SLATS....................................................................................................................CHECK
‐ On EWD, check that the FLAPS position corresponds to the position inserted in the MCDU
PERF TAKE OFF Page.
‐ PITCH TRIM...................................................................................................................... CHECK
‐ Check that the selected pitch trim is in the green band of the pitch trim wheel and corresponds
to the value inserted in the MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
‐ RUDDER TRIM.......................................................................................................CHECK ZERO
‐ GROUND SPOILERS..........................................................................................CHECK ARMED
‐ SIDESTICK PRIORITY light...............................................................................CHECK NO RED
‐ On the WHEEL SD page, check that the brakes temperature is below 300 °C.
‐ DOORS.............................................................................................................................. CHECK
‐ On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that all doors are indicated closed.
‐ Deselect the DOOR/OXY SD page after the check.
31-62-01B DMC 1
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010598.0003001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-01B DMC 1
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010598.0002001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-02A DMC 2
Ident.: MO-31-62-00009034.0005001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM
Note: F/O PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-02A DMC 2
Ident.: MO-31-62-00009034.0004001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM
Note: F/O PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-03B DMC 3
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010599.0003001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..................................................................................CAPT 3
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT
3.
31-62-03B DMC 3
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010599.0001001 / 05 APR 18
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..................................................................................CAPT 3
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT
3.
31-63-02A PFDU 2
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009035.0001001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PM side is affected:
To perform RNP APCH, RNAV 10, RNAV 5, RNAV 1 / RNAV 2, RNP 4, RNP 2 and RNP 1
operations, use the PFD/ND XFR pb to temporary display ND information on the operative
DU.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
PFDU 2 knob............................................................................................................................... OFF
31-63-03A NDU 1
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009036.0001001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PM side is affected:
To perform RNP APCH, RNAV 10, RNAV 5, RNAV 1 / RNAV 2, RNP 4, RNP 2 and RNP 1
operations, use the PFD/ND XFR pb to temporary display ND information on the operative
DU.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
31-63-04A NDU 2
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009037.0001001 / 13 MAY 20
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PM side is affected:
To perform RNP APCH, RNAV 10, RNAV 5, RNAV 1 / RNAV 2, RNP 4, RNP 2 and RNP 1
operations, use the PFD/ND XFR pb to temporary display ND information on the operative
DU.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
NDU 2 knob................................................................................................................................. OFF
31-63-05A SDU
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009038.0001001 / 15 FEB 18
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
SDU knob ................................................................................................................................... OFF
In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWD:
Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the system page on the selected NDU.
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
If all the Display Units are lost:
Apply the ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT alert procedure: Refer to
FCOM/PRO-ABN-ELEC-ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT.
Note: The AC ESS BUS is recovered when the AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to ALTN.
32-07-01A
Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-01B
Ident.: MO-32-07-00009012.0021001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK,
PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.
If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :
‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS).
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :
‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and
‐ Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
‐ Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.
Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main
Wheel Brake or Refer to Item 32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy
accumulated is increased by 34 %.
If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 25 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 25 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:
‐ Without brake cooling fan: 124 min
‐ With brake cooling fan: 24 min
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (°C)
(MJ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
53 27 10 1 0 4 12 29 48 56 64 69
0 10 5 2 1 0 1 3 6 9 11 12 13
78 56 42 36 36 41 48 62 80 87 96 101
5 15 11 8 7 7 8 9 12 15 17 18 19
96 76 64 59 59 64 70 84 101 108 117 122
10 18 15 12 11 11 12 14 16 19 21 22 23
110 91 80 75 76 80 87 100 116 124 133 138
15 21 17 15 14 15 15 17 19 22 24 25 26
121 103 92 88 89 93 100 113 129 137 145 150
20 23 20 18 17 17 18 19 22 24 26 28 28
131 113 103 99 100 104 111 124 139 147 156 161
25 25 21 20 19 19 20 21 24 26 28 29 30
139 122 112 108 109 114 120 133 148 156 165 170
30 26 23 21 21 21 22 23 25 28 30 31 32
147 129 120 116 117 122 128 141 156 164 173 177
35 28 25 23 22 22 23 24 27 30 31 33 34
153 136 127 123 124 129 135 148 163 171 179 184
40 29 26 24 23 24 24 26 28 31 32 34 35
159 142 133 130 131 135 142 154 169 177 186 191
45 30 27 25 25 25 26 27 29 32 33 35 36
165 148 139 135 137 141 147 160 175 183 191 196
50 31 28 26 26 26 27 28 30 33 35 36 37
Continued on the following page
32-07-01A
Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-01B
Ident.: MO-32-07-00009012.0019001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF,
PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
Continued on the following page
If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 25 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 25 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:
‐ Without brake cooling fan: 116 min
‐ With brake cooling fan: 57 min
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (°C)
(MJ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
63 36 20 12 11 15 23 38 58 66 76 82
0 31 18 10 6 6 8 11 19 29 33 38 41
84 60 47 41 41 45 52 66 84 92 102 108
5 41 30 23 20 20 22 26 33 41 46 50 53
98 76 64 59 59 63 70 84 101 109 119 125
10 49 38 32 29 29 31 35 41 50 54 59 62
109 88 77 72 73 77 83 97 114 122 132 138
15 54 44 38 36 36 38 41 48 56 60 65 68
119 98 87 83 84 88 94 107 124 132 142 148
20 59 49 43 41 41 43 46 53 61 65 70 73
127 106 96 92 92 96 103 116 132 141 151 156
25 63 53 47 45 46 48 51 57 65 69 74 77
133 114 103 99 100 104 110 123 140 148 158 164
30 66 56 51 49 49 51 54 61 69 73 78 81
139 120 110 106 107 111 117 130 146 154 164 170
35 69 59 54 52 53 55 58 64 72 76 81 84
145 125 115 112 112 116 123 135 152 160 170 176
40 71 62 57 55 56 57 61 67 75 79 84 87
150 130 120 117 118 122 128 140 157 165 175 181
45 74 64 59 58 58 60 63 69 77 81 86 89
154 135 125 121 122 126 132 145 161 170 180 185
50 76 67 62 60 60 62 65 72 80 84 89 91
Continued on the following page
32-07-01A
Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-01B
Ident.: MO-32-07-00009012.0009001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.
Continued on the following page
If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 25 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 25 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:
‐ Without brake cooling fan: 90 min
‐ With brake cooling fan: 34 min
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (°C)
(MJ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 12 14
0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 5 6
33 18 8 4 5 8 13 24 36 41 46 49
5 12 7 3 2 2 3 5 9 14 16 18 19
52 39 31 28 29 32 38 48 59 64 69 72
10 20 15 12 11 11 12 14 18 22 24 26 27
67 55 48 46 47 50 55 65 75 80 86 89
15 25 21 18 17 18 19 21 24 28 30 32 33
79 68 62 60 61 64 69 78 89 94 99 102
20 30 26 23 22 23 24 26 29 33 35 37 38
89 79 73 71 72 75 80 90 100 105 110 113
25 33 30 27 27 27 28 30 34 37 39 41 42
98 88 82 81 82 85 90 99 109 114 119 122
30 37 33 31 30 31 32 34 37 41 43 45 46
106 96 91 89 91 94 99 108 117 122 128 131
35 40 36 34 33 34 35 37 40 44 46 48 49
113 103 98 97 98 101 106 115 125 130 135 138
40 42 39 37 36 37 38 40 43 47 48 51 52
119 110 104 103 105 108 113 122 131 136 142 144
45 44 41 39 39 39 40 42 46 49 51 53 54
124 115 110 109 111 114 119 128 137 142 148 150
50 47 43 41 41 42 43 45 48 51 53 55 56
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
MAX SPEED............................................................................................................250 kt or M 0.60
IN FLIGHT
In the case of loss of the LGCIU 1:
AP and FD are lost.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
32-31-01A
Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-31-01C
1 Ident.: TDU / MO-32-31-20800022.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
2 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008975 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
IN FLIGHT
In the case of loss of the LGCIU 1:
AP and FD are lost.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG_DN FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN and determine the associated
Flight Manual performance penalties with the OCTOPUS program.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The F/O pitot is set to high heating level when Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until the
(on ground) the EXT PWR pb is set to OFF. engine start.
• The system remains in the closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration. supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 43 °C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
‐ OAT = 52 °C: 3 h
(on ground) ‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
32-32-02A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
32-32-02D
1 Ident.: TDU / MO-32-32-20800025.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
2 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008978 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
• The system remains in the closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration. supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 43 °C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
‐ OAT = 52 °C: 3 h
(on ground) ‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb is set to OFF. engine start.
• The system remains in the closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 42 °C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
‐ OAT = 53 °C: 3 h
(on ground) ‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
32-32-03A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
32-32-03D
3 Ident.: TDU / MO-32-32-20800026.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
4 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008988 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb is set to OFF. engine start.
• The system remains in the closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 42 °C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
‐ OAT = 53 °C: 3 h
(on ground) ‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
The STBY pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb set to ON until the
when the EXT PWR pb is set to OFF. engine start.
PITOTS
If displayed, disregard the ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)
(on ground) PITOT alert on the EWD when EXT PWR pb is
set to OFF.
HYD The PTU runs after the first engine start until the
(on ground) second engine is started.
ENG 2 The minimum idle is inoperative when
(on ground) slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock
(in flight and Absorber Proximity Detector "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle is inoperative when
slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2
(in flight and are displayed XX.
on ground) • The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
BRAKES The brakes cooling is inoperative.
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle is inoperative when
slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2
(in flight and are displayed XX.
on ground) • The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES
LIGHTS The Taxi light and the takeoff light are inoperative.
(in flight and on ground)
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear
(in flight and on ground) Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG_DN FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN and determine the associated
Flight Manual performance penalties with the OCTOPUS program.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff and landing performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or
other equivalent program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.20.
FOR TAKEOFF
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
In the case of engine failure at takeoff:
Retract the landing gear when positive climb.
Vibrations may occur during 1 or 2 min after the retraction of the landing gear.
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for 1 min.
FOR LANDING
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
Note: CGH or SDU operation(s) not allowed.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
When T.O MEMO is displayed on the EWD, disregard the line:
AUTO BRK....................................................................................................................... MAX (blue)
32-42-06C Tachometer
Ident.: MO-32-42-00009007.0003001 / 15 FEB 18
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
For performance computation, select in PEP the tachometer inoperative item only. Do not select
additionally the brake inoperative item in PEP as brake inoperative performance impact is already
part of tachometer inoperative performance impact.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff and landing performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or
other equivalent program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation:
Multiply the landing distances by the coefficient given in MO 32-42-01. Refer to OpsProc
32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Check that no other amber brake released indication is displayed on the WHEEL SD page.
ON GROUND
To deactivate the Brake Fans 1 and 2, apply:
HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/1 AND 2 (121VU L32) C/B............................................PULL
To deactivate the Brake Fans 3 and 4, apply:
HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/3 AND 4 (121VU L35) C/B............................................PULL
GENERAL INFORMATION
The electrical and hydraulic control of NWS is inoperative. Do not reset the WHEEL N/W STRG
FAULT alert with A/SKID & N/W STRG selector . The WHEEL N/W STRG FAULTalert indicates
that no hydraulic pressure is applied on the NWS actuator.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Dispatch is not permitted from (or to) contaminated runways.
Maximum crosswind component for takeoff and landing: 20 kt.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
Note: the automatic roll out is not permitted (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2
and CAT3).
For operations with crosswind component above 5 kt:
Reduce maximum takeoff performance limiting weight by 1 000 kg (2 200 lb)
DURING TAXI
Taxiing Procedure:
‐ Avoid high thrust settings, taxi speed limited to 20 kt .
‐ Check brakes temperature (if available) before takeoff.
If necessary, set the BRAKES FAN pb-sw to ON.
‐ Minimum speed of 5 kt is required to initiate a turn.
‐ Apply asymmetrical thrust in straight taxi to compensate crosswind and differential braking for
taxi and line up as required.
‐ Avoid sharp turns and use maximum width of the runway.
‐ Do not apply too high asymmetrical thrust to avoid that nose landing gear get stuck to full travel
(90 °) (in that case release the aircraft by towing).
FOR TAKEOFF
In the case of crosswind component above 5 kt:
‐ Set full nose down elevator till 80 kt regardless of the aircraft loading.
‐ Apply N1 = 50 % on the brakes
‐ Release the brakes, and smoothly apply takeoff power
‐ Use asymmetric braking, if required, to keep on runway center-line until directional control
is available by use of rudder.
‐ Release stick progressively to reach neutral at about 100 kt.
Continued on the following page
The purpose of the procedure is to explain how to perform the flight control check with one or both
PEDALS DISC pb failed in the released position.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the disconnection is not possible on one side:
The flight control check can be performed on the operative side.
When the disconnection is not possible on both sides:
The flight control check must be performed while aircraft is stopped.
Note: it is not necessary to set the A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF.
BEFORE PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG selector.................................................................................................... OFF
AFTER PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG selector...................................................................................................... ON
BEFORE PUSHBACK
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the NO SMOKING selector ON as required.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the NO PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE selector ON as required.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For aircraft equipped with photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System:
To ensure the correct charge of the photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System, a minimum
of 50 % of the cabin lighting at 50 % of brightness is required.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel consumption is increased by 1 % per landing light extended.
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated ADR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the ADR is set to OFF:
The associated IR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw
Ident.: MO-34-01-01-00008927.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated IR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the IR is set to OFF:
The associated ADR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For F, S, Green Dot determination, Refer to QRH/OPS Operating Speeds.
For VAPP determination, Refer to QRH/PER-A VAPP Determination without Failure (Paper Only)
and Refer to QRH/PER-A VAPP Determination with Failure (Paper Only) or use the performance
application of FlySmart with Airbus.
For VFE or VLE determination, refer to the corresponding placard in the cockpit.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
34-10-02B ADR 2
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008928.0003001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ADR 2 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE and the SFCS MAINTENANCE message are displayed on the
STATUS SD page.
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector.......................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ ADIRU 2 (26VAC & AOA) C/B................................................................................................ Pull
The ADIRU 2 (26VAC & AOA) C/B is located in the 121VU, N line, ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC &
AOA.
34-10-03A ADR 3
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008929.0001001 / 22 MAY 19
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ADR 3 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ADIRU 3 (26VAC & AOA) C/B................................................................................................ Pull
The ADIRU 3 (26VAC & AOA) C/B is located in the 121VU, N line, ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC &
AOA.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ IR 2 pb-sw...............................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector.......................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 1
Note: When the ADR 2 is inoperative and if the IR 2 pb-sw OFF light does not come on:
Set the IR 2 mode selector to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ..........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ IR 2 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-NAV [QRH] IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
‐ ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 pb-sw................................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
Note: When the ADR 3 is inoperative and if the IR 3 pb-sw OFF light does not come on:
Set the IR 3 mode selector to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ IR 3 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 3 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-NAV [QRH] IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
In the case of Unreliable Airspeed Indications situation or NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT ,
BKUP SPD/ALT pb-sw on the affected side............................................................. DO NOT USE
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one GLS is inoperative:
For GLS approaches, maximum landing capability is GLS CAT 1.
When both GLS are inoperative:
GLS approaches are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is ILS CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If RA 1 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 (121VU K11) C/B ..........................................................................Pull
If RA 2 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 (121VU K12) C/B ..........................................................................Pull
DURING APPROACH
During an ILS (GLS) approach with AP engaged, the flight crew must closely monitor all
primary flight parameters and FMA indications. An early/untimely FLARE and THR IDLE mode
engagement may occur in the case of an erroneous RA height indication from the remaining RA.
In the event of an early/untimely FLARE and THR IDLE mode engagement:
‐ Perform a go-around (thrust levers set to TOGA), or
‐ Disconnect AP, set both FDs to OFF and continue the approach using raw data or external
visual references.
34-40-06C
Weather Radar System
34-40-07B
Ident.: MO-34-40-00021891.0001001 / 19 NOV 19
Applicable to: PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
DURING TAXI
RADAR sw.........................................................................................................SYS (operative side)
34-50-01A ATC
Ident.: MO-34-50-00008950.0001001 / 21 NOV 17
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-09A
Global Positioning System (GPS)(No ADS-B out capability)
34-50-09B
Ident.: MO-34-50-00015321.0006001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If one GPS is inoperative:
For aircraft with RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If both GPS are inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations requiring one GPS are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one DME receiver is operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one DME receiver is operative.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If one GPS is inoperative:
For aircraft with RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
Flight crew must contact CDV/Dispatcher to obtain the permission from the Air Navigation Service
Provider(s) when ADS-B Function is required for the intended route. Alternate procedure may be
performed as required by Air Navigation Service Provider(s).
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
‐ The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
ON GROUND
Inform the cabin crew that if the cabin altitude exceeds 12 500 ft, the oxygen masks may drop
down.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, disregard the REGUL 1(2)(1+2) LO PR indication and the
associated OXY indication.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
‐ The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
IN FLIGHT
The number of galley area occupants must be in accordance with the available adjacent cabin
attendant oxygen units.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Before the flight, the flight crew shall brief the cabin crew that the galley oxygen unit is inoperative
and that the cabin attendant portable oxygen device should be used instead.
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Ensure that the required distribution of the oxygen units is maintained (portable oxygen units
must be evenly distributed in the cabin), and
• Inform the cabin crew on the location of the operative oxygen units.
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Inform the cabin crew on the location and filling status of the portable oxygen unit, and
• The oxygen quantity in the portable oxygen units must remains still in green marker.
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-ETOPS flights)
36-11-01E
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008868.0009001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH,
PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
If the cargo heating is switched off:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
AFT CARGO HOT AIR pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
In the case of failure of the opposite PACK:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ....................................................................................................ON
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-ETOPS flights)
36-11-01E
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008868.0012001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
If the cargo heating is switched off:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
If forecast icing conditions during cruise, use of wing anti-ice may request to switch off the FWD
cargo ventilation. For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation
Tool.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
AFT CARGO HOT AIR pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
In the case of failure of the opposite PACK:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ....................................................................................................ON
36-11-01B
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)
36-11-01F
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008869.0009001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF, PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH,
PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO, PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX,
PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD, PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):
APU ON (IDLE)
FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390
KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20
LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
If the cargo heating is switched off:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
AFT CARGO HOT AIR pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw ............................................................................................................ ON
APU START pb-sw ...................................................................................................................... ON
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
Continued on the following page
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
In the case of failure of the opposite PACK:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ....................................................................................................ON
36-11-01B
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)
36-11-01F
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008869.0011001 / 24 JUN 19
Applicable to: PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI, PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):
APU ON (IDLE)
FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390
KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20
LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
If the cargo heating is switched off:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
If forecast icing conditions during cruise, use of wing anti-ice may request to switch off the FWD
cargo ventilation. For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation
Tool.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
AFT CARGO HOT AIR pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw ............................................................................................................ ON
APU START pb-sw ...................................................................................................................... ON
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. At low power
settings, the wing anti-ice will be lost if the opposite engine bleed air supply system becomes
inoperative.
DURING TAXI
When the engines operate in idle thrust:
‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw.........................................................................................OFF
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
‐ One PACK pb-sw....................................................................................................................OFF
BEFORE TAKEOFF AND UNTIL DESCENT
Just before applying takeoff thrust
‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw........................................................................................... On
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ AUTO
If one PACK has been selected OFF during TAXI:
PACK pb-sw............................................................................................................................ON
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning. Refer to
FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with an Air Start Unit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning. Refer to
FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with an Air Start Unit.
On the APU SD page, disregard the position of the APU bleed air valve.
36-12-02B
APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the open position)
36-12-02C
Ident.: MO-36-12-00018564.0001001 / 18 FEB 16
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditionning only on GROUND.
On the APU SD page, disregard the position of the APU bleed air valve.
ON GROUND
When the APU runs:
APU BLEED pb-sw................................................................................................................. ON
When the APU shutdowns:
APU BLEED pb-sw............................................................................................................... OFF
BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU BLEED pb-sw......................................................................................................................OFF
APU MASTER pb-sw...................................................................................................................OFF
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the APU BLEED pb-sw is ON, or for engine start:
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
‐ Select SHUT in all other cases.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the manual control of the X BLEED valve:
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
‐ On the BLEED SD page, check that the cross bleed valve is indicated open.
‐ X BLEED selector.................................................................................................................SHUT
‐ On the BLEED SD page, check that the cross bleed valve is indicated closed.
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................AS RQRD
36-22-03B
APU Leak Detection Loop
36-22-03C
Ident.: MO-36-22-00016005.0003001 / 22 NOV 16
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If flight crew decide to swap the EFBs (in order to place the operative EFB in the most convenient
side), shutdown each EFB before disconnect it from mounting device and turn on only after
properly connected in the other side mounting device. The EFB swap must be registered in TLB.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For both EFB inoperative. All publications (ADDOCS) and navigation charts required for flight
should be provided. They shall be provided in hard copy. Flight crew should verify the set of
publications provided is complete and up to date.
Note: Navigation charts for departure, destination and alternate airport can also be provided by
Flight Dispatchers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The EFB is not available on the affected side.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For both EFB inoperative. All publications (ADDOCS) and navigation charts required for flight
should be provided. They shall be provided in hard copy. Flight crew should verify the set of
publications provided is complete and up to date.
Continued on the following page
Note: Navigation charts for departure, destination and alternate airport can also be provided by
Flight Dispatchers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The EFB cannot be charged through Power Connection on the affected side.If flight crew decide to
swap the EFBs (in order to charge the EFB battery), shutdown each EFB before disconnect it from
mounting device and turn on only after properly connected in the other side mounting device. The
EFB swap must be registered in TLB.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The EFB cannot be charged through Power Connection on the both side. All publications
(ADDOCS) and navigations charts required for flight shoud be provided. They shall be provided in
hard copy. Flight Crew should verify the set of publications provided is complete and up to date.
Note: Navigation charts for departure, destination and alternate airport can also be provided by
Flight Dispatchers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The EFB is not available on the affected side.
GENERAL INFORMATION
All publications (ADDOCS) and navigations charts required for flight shoud be provided. They shall
be provided in hard copy. Flight Crew should verify the set of publications provided is complete
and up to date.
Note: Navigation charts for departure, destination and alternate airport can also be provided by
Flight Dispatchers.
46-21-01A Air Traffic Service Unit (procedures do not require ATC datalink)
Ident.: MO-46-21-00021803.0001001 / 01 AUG 18
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP / Initial
Continental Performance for CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
COMPANY Datalink transmissions may be inoperative, Refer to Item 46-21-05 COMPANY
Datalink.
‐ For aircraft with the 4D Operations capability, 4D Operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP / Initial
Continental Performance for CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of voice communication on alternate route
that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
‐ ATC permits the use of the voice communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft
capability.
COMPANY Datalink transmissions may be inoperative.Refer to Item 46-21-05 COMPANY Datalink
‐ For aircraft with the 4D Operations capability, 4D Operations are not permitted.
46-21-03B
ATC MSG pb
46-21-03C
Ident.: MO-46-21-00021809.0001001 / 30 APR 21
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink can be used.
‐ When an ATC datalink message is received:
Any action on the DCDU for this message enables the flight crew to stop the associated alerts
(aural alert and ATC MSG pb light flashing, if any).
46-21-02B
ATC Datalink (procedures do not require ATC datalink)
46-21-04A
Ident.: MO-46-21-00021805.0001001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP / Initial
Continental Performance for CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ For aircraft with the 4D Operations capability, 4D Operations are not permitted.
46-21-02C
ATC Datalink (procedures require ATC datalink)
46-21-04B
Ident.: MO-46-21-00021804.0001001 / 16 MAR 20
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP / Initial
Continental Performance for CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of voice communication on alternate route
that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
In case of AOC application unavailability, all the comunications procedures with company should
be done alternatively using other available means such as VHF, HF or SAT (if available). Flight
times and fuel records cannot be acessed, therefore it should be registered manually.
49-10-01A
49-10-01B Power Plant (APU)
49-10-01C
Ident.: MO-49-10-00008864.0001001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: ALL
52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MO-52-01-01-00021883.0001001 / 21 NOV 17
Applicable to: ALL
52-01-02-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
Ident.: MO-52-01-02-00008839.0001001 / 21 MAR 10
Applicable to: PR-YRT, PR-YRU
GENERAL INFORMATION
If cabin doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If cabin doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb ................................................................................................................ Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA-MORA remains displayed on the STATUS SD
page.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb ...................................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST"
line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O
CONFIG TEST.
52-07-01B
Cabin Door Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY
52-07-01C
SD page (SLIDE ARMED light may be permanently illuminated)
52-07-01D
Ident.: MO-52-07-00008847.0001001 / 01 OCT 18
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If cabin doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If cabin doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
The SLIDE ARMED light on cabin doors may be permanently illuminated.
Continued on the following page
52-07-02A
Cabin Door Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-02B
Ident.: MO-52-07-00008848.0001001 / 01 OCT 18
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If cabin doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If cabin doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
52-07-03A
52-07-03B Cabin Overwing Exit Permanently
52-07-03C Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-03D
Ident.: MO-52-07-00008849.0001001 / 01 OCT 18
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If the cargo doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
If cargo indication is inoperative due to a proximity switch failure:
The relevant cargo heating is inhibited. For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal
Transportation Calculation Tool.
Continued on the following page
OPERATIONAL ROUTINE
Procedure:
‐ All crewmembers are briefed on the location and condition of the affected exit, passenger
distribution and modified cabin safety procedures
‐ The affected exit, escape paths, and blocked seating layout are checked before each takeoff
and landing
‐ All the concerned passengers are informed that an exit is inoperative and displays an
appropriate placard.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PASSENGER CAPACITY (MPC) TABLES
To calculate the maximum A320-251N/253N passenger capacity see Azul B-TEC-25-009 last
revision.
To calculate the maximum A321-251NX passenger capacity see Azul B-TEC-25-012 last
revision.
OPERATIONAL ROUTINE
Procedure:
‐ All crewmembers are briefed on the location and condition of the affected exit, passenger
distribution and modified cabin safety procedures
‐ The affected exit, escape paths, and blocked seating layout are checked before each takeoff
and landing
‐ All the concerned passengers are informed that an exit is inoperative and displays an
appropriate placard.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PASSENGER CAPACITY (MPC) TABLES
To calculate the maximum A320-251N/253N passenger capacity see Azul B-TEC-25-009 last
revision.
Continued on the following page
ON GROUND
In order to prevent an inadvertent pressurization of the aircraft when the aircraft is ventilated with
an external air source, ground procedures must strictly be applied.
AFTER LANDING
Coordination between the flight crew and the cabin crew must be made to ensure safe opening of
any cabin door.
Coordination between the flight crew and the ground personnel must be made to ensure safe
opening of any cabin door from the outside.
Before the cabin crew opens the cabin door, the flight crew must confirm the absence of residual
differential pressure:
‐ PACK 1 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK 2 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
On the CAB PRESS SD page check:
‐ ΔP = 0.0 PSI
‐ Outflow valve position is fully open
WARNING DO NOT OPEN any cabin door if all the above conditions are not fulfilled.
Residual pressure remains.
Once the above conditions are fulfilled:
‐ The flight crew can order the cabin crew to open the cabin doors.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Designate a cabin attendant in excess of the minimum required number of cabin attendants to
remain seated in the passenger seat nearest the affected exit when the cabin differential pressure
is below 4 PSI.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Designate a cabin attendant in excess of the minimum required number of cabin attendants to
remain seated in the passenger seat nearest the affected exit when the cabin differential pressure
is below 4 PSI.
If displayed, disregard the associated DOOR L(R) FWD(AFT) OVERWNG FAULT alert with the
FLIGHT LOCK ENGAGED subtitle on the EWD.
ON GROUND
In order to prevent an inadvertent pressurization of the aircraft when the aircraft is ventilated with
an external air source, ground procedures must strictly be applied.
AFTER LANDING
Coordination between the flight crew and the cabin crew must be made to ensure safe opening of
any cabin door.
Coordination between the flight crew and the ground personnel must be made to ensure safe
opening of any cabin door from the outside.
Before the cabin crew opens the cabin door, the flight crew must confirm the absence of residual
differential pressure:
‐ PACK 1 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK 2 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
Continued on the following page
52-30-03A
Cargo Door Electrical Control
52-30-03B
Ident.: MO-52-30-00021155.0001001 / 31 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
When the Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light is inoperative, it is necessary to
inform the ground personnel:
‐ To visually check that the affected cargo door is in the fully open position, with no
downward movement after releasing the lever of the manual selector valve.
‐ To visually check that the lever of the manual selector valve stays in the neutral position.
BEFORE DEPARTURE
Remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to communicate with the cockpit crew to
request access to the cockpit.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
LKG SYS sw .......................................................................................................................... BK UP
The CDLS keypad operation is not available in back-up mode.
The cockpit crew must brief the cabin crew that the CDLS keypad is inoperative.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin crew must be informed to use the cabin interphone to communicate with cockipt crew to
request access to the cockipt.
PROCEDURE DEPARTURE
The cockpit crew will brief the cabin crew that the Keypad is inoperative and the Cabin Interphone
must be used to communicate with cockipt crew to request the access to the cabin.
IN FLIGHT
At least two crew members must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight. If
one crew member needs to leave de cockpit, the pilot must use the interphone to coordinate with
de cabin crew chief purser to assure that two crew members are present in the cockpit.
ON GROUND
The cockipt crew must inform de the cabin crew before departure that is necessary to check the
cockipt door by pushing it manually to ensure that it is locked or unlocked.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The flight crew has to manually open the door. Therefore, the access to the cockpit should be
limited to the strict necessary.
56-10-01A
56-10-01B
Front Windshield
56-10-01C
56-10-01D
Ident.: MO-56-10-00008835.0001001 / 11 FEB 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PM side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
EXTERIOR WALKAROUND
During the exterior walkaround, the flight crew must check carefully on both sides of each engine
that all the fan cowl door latches are correctly closed.
If necessary, the flight crew should use a torch and crouch to perform the check.
EXTERIOR WALKAROUND
During the exterior walkaround, the flight crew must check carefully on both sides of each engine
that all the fan cowl door latches are correctly closed.
If necessary, the flight crew should use a torch and crouch to perform the check.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance:
No penalty.
GENERAL INFORMATION
After application of the maintenance procedure:
The ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by 1.5 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the remaining EGT margin at Maximum Takeoff Thrust (MTO) provided by the Engine
Condition Monitoring Tool is above 5 °C.
Note: • The result provided by the Engine Condition Monitoring Tool must not be older than
one month.
• A new EGT margin assessment must be performed in the case of engine malfunction
or engine related external event such as a bird strike.
GENERAL INFORMATION
After application of the maintenance procedure:
The ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by 2.5 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the remaining EGT margin at Maximum Takeoff Thrust (MTO) provided by the Engine
Condition Monitoring Tool is above 15 °C.
Continued on the following page
Note: • The result provided by the Engine Condition Monitoring Tool must not be older than
one month.
• A new EGT margin assessment must be performed in the case of engine malfunction
or engine related external event such as a bird strike.
78-09-01A
ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
78-09-01C
1 Ident.: TDU / MO-78-09-20800027.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
2 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00016117 ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser
78-30-01B
Ident.: MO-78-30-00008825.0009001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: PR-YRA, PR-YRB, PR-YRC, PR-YRD, PR-YRE, PR-YRF, PR-YRH, PR-YRI, PR-YRJ, PR-YRK, PR-YRL, PR-YRN, PR-YRO,
PR-YRQ, PR-YRR, PR-YRS, PR-YRT, PR-YRU, PR-YRV, PR-YRW, PR-YRX, PR-YRY, PR-YRZ, PR-YSA, PR-YSB, PR-YSC, PR-YSD,
PR-YSE, PR-YSF, PR-YSG, PR-YSH, PR-YSI, PR-YYA, PR-YYB, PR-YYC, PR-YYD, PR-YYE, PR-YYF, PR-YYG, PR-YYH, PR-YYI,
PR-YYJ, PR-YYK, PR-YYL
Impacted by TDU: 20800028 Thrust Reverser
Impacted by TDU: 20800029 Thrust Reverser (ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert displayed)
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:
Runway State Performance Adjustments
Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with either:
Takeoff Contaminated, or ‐ All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Landing Contaminated ‐ One thrust reverser inoperative.
78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser
78-30-01B
Ident.: MO-78-30-00008825.0011001 / 03 MAY 17
Applicable to: PR-YJA, PR-YJB, PR-YJC, PR-YJD, PR-YJE, PR-YJF
Impacted by TDU: 20800028 Thrust Reverser
Impacted by TDU: 20800029 Thrust Reverser (ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert displayed)
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:
Continued on the following page
78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser
78-30-01D
1 Ident.: TDU / MO-78-30-20800028.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
2 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008825 Thrust Reverser
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Determine the associated Flight Manual performance penalties with the OCTOPUS program.
Continued on the following page
78-30-01B
Thrust Reverser
78-30-01E
3 Ident.: TDU / MO-78-30-20800029.9001001 / 07 MAR 22
4 Applicable to: ALL
Impacted DU: 00008825 Thrust Reverser
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Determine the associated Flight Manual performance penalties with the OCTOPUS program.
Note: In the Airbus EFB PERF applications:
‐ If one engine reverser is inoperative, this correspond to the MEL item “THRUST
REVERSERS CREDIT ONE REVERSER INOPERATIVE"
‐ If both engine reversers are inoperative, this correspond to the MEL item “THRUST
REVERSERS CREDIT ALL REVERSERS INOPERATIVE".
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
When the FADEC associated with the inoperative thrust reverser have power:
‐ Confirm that the ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert associated with the inoperative thrust reverser
is displayed on the EWD, and
‐ Disregard the ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert associated with the inoperative thrust
reverser displayed on the EWD.
FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers
REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent, then:
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.
Continued on the following page